Home

netIC User Manual and Design Guide

Contents

1. COM Duo LED red green RUN cyclic communication Wrong configuration at PROFIBUS DPside Flashing cyclic STOP no communication connection error Flashing acyclic not configured Table 20 LEDs PROFIBUS DP Slave netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 92 241 9 2 3 LED CANopen Slave The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the netlC NIC 50 COS when the firmware of the CANopen Slave protocol is loaded to the device Duo LED red green Name In Jof The device is executing a reset e eun Lu Single flash STOPPED The Device is in STOPPED state drawing green COM Blinking PREOPERATIONAL The Device is in the o PREOPERATIONAL state On OPERATIONAL The Device is in the OPERATIONAL state green wd single flash Warning Limit reached At least one of the error counters red of the CAN controller has reached or exceeded the warning level too many error frames Double flash Error Control Event A guard event NMT Slave or NMT 9 master or a heartbeat event Heartbeat consumer has occurred 2 Bus Off The CAN controller is bus off red Table 21 LEDs CANopen Slave LED State Definition for CANopen Slave for the CAN LED The indicator is constantly on Of The indicator is constantly off Blinking The indicator turns on and off with a f
2. Figure 77 Data Model of the Configuration Example netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Communication 179 241 As a simple tool for input of control data and controlling the test system the IO Monitor of the system configurator SYCON net is used here If also a Sercos Master from Hilscher is used the l O Monitor of the SYCON net can also be used at the Sercos Master side d Test Program delivered along with the cifX Device Driver can be used The IO Monitor allows specifying values for Connection Control IO Control and IO Status This is done as follows The IO Monitor is opened in the DTM of the Sercos Master connected with the netlC below Tools IO Monitor in the navigation area The perspective of the IO Monitor is that of the Sercos Master The Master to Slave communication is displayed in the lower part of the screen in the area Output Data The first two bytes of the area Output Data contain the Connection Control the next to bytes the IO Control In this context little endian representation is applied therefore the bytes receive the values 0x01 or in toggled state 0x03 0x00 0x00 and 0x80 Then the data to be transmitted follow here in this order OxAA OxBB OxCC and OxDD The Slave to Master communication is displayed in the upper part of the screen in the area Output Da
3. The device will be left in an unusable state if either of the files security cfg and ftpuser cfg is erased and subsequently the device is switched off or restarted 2 Labeling of Safety Instructions The safety instructions are pinpointed particularly The instructions are highlighted with a specific safety symbol a warning triangle and a signal word according to the degree of endangerment Inside the note the danger is exactly named Instructions to a property damage message do not contain a warning triangle Symbol Symbol Sort of Warning or Principle USA NM Warning of Personal Injury A 9 Warning of Lethal Electrical Shock A Warning of danger by electrical current Warning of damages by electrostatic discharge gt ne aM Principle Disconnect the power plug F b Principle Mandatory read Manual m i MA Table 9 Safety Symbols and Sort of Warning or Principle Signal Word Meaning Signal Word USA Meaning USA netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Safety 24 241 Indicates a direct hazard with high A DANGER Indicates a Hazardous risk which will have as d DANGER Situation Which if not consequence death or grievous Avoided will Result in bodily harm if it isn t avoided Death or Serious Injury WARNING Indicates a possible hazard with Indicates a Hazardous med
4. gt In pane Slave Connections set each value at Real Time Data Process Image Offset to 2 see Figure 75 Screen Configuration of the netX Configuration Tool only lower part shown The following register layout results within the netlC data model SHIF Serial Host Interface Modbus RTU System Information Daten System Konfiguration k nnen in die T Ausgangsdaten i gemappt 3 werden Netzwerk Konfiguration System und Kommando Status und Fehler Connection Control lOConro Zyklische Eingangsdaten der sercos Kommunikation Zynische Ausgangsdaten der Ausgangsdaten sercos Kommunikation System Status Fehler konfig _ Ausgangsdaten 2904 Empfangsmailbox Status lt Azyklische Daten Empfangsmailbox sendemailbox Kommando Sancemallbax wei Azyklische Daten Figure 76 Data Model for Sercos Example Configuration netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Communication 174 241 The following describes the control and status data of Sercos in a more detailed way 15 1 1 Connection Control This concerns both Master to Slave communication via MDT and Slave to Master communication via AT In Sercos Connection Control C Con is a two byte parameter containing connection related information It is present within both the MDT and the AT
5. Data Model 92 241 12 5 3 Receiving Packets A received packet either indication or confirmation at the netlC is signaled to the Modbus RTU Master by the flag RX MBX FULL being set In order to read this flag access Register 999 Bit 4 of the netlC via Modbus To read out the packet if the flag RX MBX FULL is set the following procedure is appropriate Read out the size in bytes of the received packet at the register Received Packet Size Access Modbus Register 2998 to do so This can alternatively be done with the cyclic read of the Input Data Image if it includes also the two registers directly before the Input Data Image Therefore there is a second register which also contains the size of the received Packet Modbus Register 998 To identify the received packet and also to check if the confirmation of a send packets delivers an error the whole header has also to be read out Read out the register Received Packet Command Modbus Register 2994 clears the RX MBX FULL flag It is not necessary that this register is the last reading register of a Read Command The RX MBX FULL flag will always cleared after a finishing reading data netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 93 241 12 5 4 Application Common Servicing of cyclic Input and Output Data and acyclic Input Data The following subs
6. SHIF Type 0 Modbus RTU UART 1 Modbus RTU SPI All other values are reserved SHIF Baudrate With SHIF Type Modbus RTU UART SHIF Config Modbus RTU Baudrate With SHIF Type Modbus RTU SPI Reserved set to O SHIF Address With SHIF Type Modbus RTU UART SHIF Config UINT16 Modbus RTU Address With SHIF Type Modbus RTU SPI Modbus RTU Address SHIF Config 109 UINT16 SHIF Configuration flags see below SSIO Mapping 110 UINT16 Number of Bytes from SSIO Input used as Config SSIO Mapping 111 UINT16 alg of Bytes from SSIO Output used as SSIO Mapping 112 UNIT16 SSIO Config 114 UINT16 i Offset Address in Output Data Image of Diagnostic Mapping 120 UINT16 Diagnostic Data Diagnostic Mapping 121 UINT16 Number of Mapping Data Diagnostic Mapping 122 199 UINT16 78 Mapping Data ID1 Length1 ID2 Length 2 Table 48 System Configuration Block SHIF Config UINT16 Configuration of the Serial I O Shift Registers These lOs are used as input and output data They can also be configured via the netX Configuration Tool instead of using Modbus RTU for this purpose e The data from the configuration shift registers are copied into the System Status Fields once during startup and then cyclically from there to the status shift registers The network protocol interacts only with the values in the System Status Field The baud rate of the Serial I O Shift Register interface can be se
7. DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Decommissioning Deinstallation Replacement and Disposal 192 241 A Lethal Electrical Shock caused by parts with more than 50V HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE may be inside of the device into which the netlC Communication IC is to be integrated First disconnect the power plug of the device into which the netlC Communication IC is to be integrated Make sure that the device is really free of electric power n any case strictly adhere to the instructions given in the documentation of the device provided by its manufacturer Definitely avoid touching open contacts or ends of wires Open the device and install or remove the netlC Communication IC only after having completed all of the preceding steps Old gt Step 2 Remove the netlC carefully from its DIL 32 socket gt Step 3 If the netlC Communication IC needs be replaced by another one then replace it by plugging in the netlC Communication IC device carefully but firmly into the designated DIL 32 socket gt Step 4 If you had opened the housing of the device in step 2 then close it now Close the housing of host device carefully if you opened it before Again strictly adhere to the documentation supplied by the host device s manufacturer Step 5 Connect the device with its supply voltage an
8. English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 203 241 NIC 50 DNS Parameter Value Environmental conditions Ambient temperature range for operation NIC 50 DNS without heat sink Ambient temperature 40 85 C range for storage Humidity range 0 85 relative humidity non condensing Device Dimensions L x W x H 42 x 21 x 14 2 mm without pins 42 x 21 x 17 4 mm including pins Weight appr 10g Length of pins 3 2 mm Protecion Gass Emission Emission EN55011 Class A Immunity Radiated emissions in the range 30 1000MHz measured at enclosure and lines CISPR 11 Class A Immunity according to IEC EN 61000 4 1995 see below for more details Configuration by software tool standard netX Configuration Tool via Modbus RTU by writing into Modbus RTU registers Table 134 Technical Data NIC 50 DNS Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency Electrostatic discharge 8 kV Air discharge method ESD according to Fast transient 2 kV Communication and Criterion B interferences Burst data lines according to IEC EN 61000 4 4 1995 Surge voltage according 1 kV Communication and Criterion B to IEC EN 61000 4 5 1995 data lines 0 5 kV DeviceNet Supply Criterion A lines Radiated RF according to 80 2000MHz 10V m 80 Criterion A IEC EN 61000 4 3 1995 AM 1kHz Conducted RF according 0 15 80MHz 3V 80 AM Criteri
9. Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netIC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 165 241 14 3 2 3 CANopen Interface of NICEB AIF CO The CANopen Interface of the NICEB AIF CO adapter has been designed as potential free interface according to ISO 11898 Please use only CAN certified cable with the following characteristics Capacity 50 pF m Table 102 Characteristics of CAN certified Cable Erstes Gerat Letztes Gerat First device Last device CAN H CAN_H 120 i e 2 Z CAN L aa CAN_L 3 d CAN GND CAN GND 75 9 Figure 68 CAN Network At the ends of the network there must be two resistors of 120 Q to terminate the cable It is allowed to use repeaters to increase the number of nodes which may be connected or to increase the maximum cable length Baud rate Max distance Loop Wire Gauge in kBit s Resistance 10 100 260km 0 75 0 80 mm o 0 eom 075 00 mm o 1 eom 0785 080 mm o oam 080 080 mm 25 oom 905 050ms 59 1 eoon 9034 050mr w s 60cm 034 050my 10 4 oom 025 03 mv Table 103 CAN Segment Length in dependence of the Baud rate or corresponding Loop Resistance and Wire Gauge netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 166 241 14 3 3 DeviceNet Adapter NICEB AIF D
10. Typical value for 100 bit Transmission mode Serial I O Shift Register Input Display LED Display SYS System Status Pins available with signals for external LEDs COM Communication status FBLED Fieldbus LED Power supply Voltage 3 3V 596 DC Environmental conditions Ambient temperature range for operation NIC 10 CCS without heat sink Ambient temperature 40 85 C range for storage Humidity range 0 85 relative humidity non condensing Table 127 Technical Data NIC 10 CCS Part 1 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 199 241 NIC 10 CCS Parameter Value Device Dimensions L x W x H 42 x 21 x 14 2 mm without pins 42 x 21 x 17 4 mm including pins Length of pins ProtectonGlss OSS Emission Emission EN55011 Class A Immunity CISPR 11 Class A Immunity according to IEC EN 61000 4 1995 Configuration by software tool standard netX Configuration Tool via Modbus RTU by writing into Modbus RTU registers Table 128 Technical Data NIC 10 CCS Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference Electrostatic discharge 10 kV Air discharge Criterion A ESD according to method IEC EN 61000 4 2 1995 6 Kv Contact discharge Criterion A method Fast transient 2 kV Communication and Criterion B interferences Burst data lines a
11. ZA 1 n hilscher COMPETENCE IN COMMUNICATION User Manual and Design Guide netiC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus Hilscher Gesellschaft fur Systemautomation mbH www hilscher com DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Introduction 2 241 Table of Contents 1 IN TES OD SIUS T 1 1 Obligation to read and understand the Manuall ccccsecceeeeeeeeceeceseeeeeeeseeeseeess 7 1 2 About the User Manual and Design Guide c cece ceccceececeeeceececeeeeeeeeseeetaneeaeeesaues T 1 2 1 EISEOTF REVISIONS arrasada ea E abiecesoeedeeatnes 8 1 2 2 Reference to Hardware Software and Firmware ccceccececceeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeuees 9 1 2 3 Conventions in this Manual ptas a i inea teensex ES 11 1 3 Contents or the Product D VD souci co vous deo Ra bad r 12 1 3 1 Directory Structure or the DVD sicat oto ce ose a ache te a ut uu erRUUE 12 1 3 2 Available DOCUMENTATION ccccceeccceeeceseeceeecsecueeceeceeeseueesueesaeessaeeseeeseas 13 1 4 Legal NolES eR LEHRER 15 1 4 1 CODY GIGI outa CT 15 1 4 2 HTP CATE INO UC Scala eun tecta ete RUM tU donee MER a E E 15 1 4 3 EXCIUSIOMPOT LIA DIIY RETE E oid neg mU mM 16 1 4 4 WV AIG ANNOY acoseset secos n Sanaa caee be usi E 16 1 4 5 Expor RegUlaUONS eiea e ded veta dte aedem uos bate uxd Loose ME quim pL abate uud 16 1 4 6 Registered Trademarks io Lopes o ed o aede um Crater ke radi Gatos Su Od O
12. A EN ACT_CHO 5r lt 7 LINK 13 yo LINK CHI 80 2253 RCT CH1 f 3U3 t Lad 4 3U3 AR TX RSO lt LINK1 xs GND T 18Bnv25 3U3 GND A N TXCRA 1 gt Figure 30 Connecting a LED Control for the NIC 50 REFO via I2C netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 125 241 amp Further information about the 8 bit I O port extender circuit MCP23008 from Microchip Technology Inc can be obtained from the manufacturer s web site http www microchip com For more information about the evaluation board NICEB REFO see section Evaluation Board NICEB REFO Design Recommendations All values concerning the dimensioning of resistors are specified in Q within the schematics The example given in Figure 30 is based on the pin numbering of the SSOP packaging variant of the Microchip Technology MCP23008 The recommended circuit for the port extension Microchip Technology eal has 8 general purpose input output GPIO pins GPO GP7 pins 12 to 19 see Figure 30 It controls the following signals MCP23008 MCP23008 LED Signal Bedeutung Pin Signal u m acrem AewiyChawei ria 6e UNKCHM iChmei 2 7S2 HMM Tue STAT RED Duo LED COMO rot STA1 GREEN Duo LED COMO gr n 18 GP6 STAO RED Duo LED COMO rot 19 GP7
13. DIL 32 socket 2 Electrical connection Pin assignment according to description given within this document 3 Communication has to be done using the Modbus RTU protocol 4 Power supply has to be done using pins 1 3V3 and 32 GND of the netlC Communication IC The voltage to be applied must not exceed the allowed range 3 3 V x 596 5 At the connected communication system Real time Ethernet or Fieldbus 6 A master of the communication system supported both by the netlC module and the loaded firmware For requirements 2 and 4 also refer to the description of the pin assignments in sections in sections 13 2 up to 13 2 6 3 3 Preconditions for Operation of netlC Communication ICs The following preconditions apply depending on the type of DIL 32 Communication IC Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC 1 The netlC Communication IC must correctly be mounted in the DIL 32 socket of its host system which needs to be designed according to the guide lines discussed in section Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System on page 102 2 he netlC Communication IC must have been provided with the correctly suiting firmware for the Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus communication system and protocol of your choice intended to be executed on the device The firmware must have been downloaded to the netlC Communication IC device using the evaluation board NICEB for NIC 50 REFO u
14. DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 16 241 1 4 3 Exclusion of Liability The software was produced and tested with utmost care by Hilscher Gesellschaft fur Systemautomation mbH and is made available as is No warranty can be assumed for the performance and flawlessness of the software for all usage conditions and cases and for the results produced when utilized by the user Liability for any damages that may result from the use of the hardware or software or related documents is limited to cases of intent or grossly negligent violation of significant contractual obligations Indemnity claims for the violation of significant contractual obligations are limited to damages that are foreseeable and typical for this type of contract It is strictly prohibited to use the software in the following areas e for military purposes or in weapon systems e for the design construction maintenance or operation of nuclear facilities e in air traffic control systems air traffic or air traffic communication systems e in life support systems e in systems in which failures in the software could lead to personal injury or injuries leading to death We inform you that the software was not developed for use in dangerous environments requiring fail proof control mechanisms Use of the software in such an environment occurs at your own risk No liability is assumed for damages or los
15. See section Host Interface Connector and Hardware Interface Configuration on page 150 14 2 5 4 Digital Input Output Port See section Digital Input Output Port on page 152 14 2 5 5 Ethernet Connectors The Evaluation Board NICEB REFO uses two optical transceivers for Fast Ethernet of the type Avago AFBR 5978Z For a schematic of the coupling to the optical transmitter see schematic on next page netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO eae 25 z ah 4 1BuU6 3 i ag HSMF C155 ita 303 Rini pm pa Roe RaT nc Rada PEHE 3 R81 R83 GG E im IN R85 X200 SDA RsUCC Rs GND SCL T cam CLK min T er e LEO EERST B RDATA l3HxHB 2 RDRTR Y3 enanat STE se 80 e DET SEP llle i TDATA B iSTxna INN URN TOATA y j EEEE ea o T O T T T TMDIS j HE Rg vu TJCE TRGMD 7 s GND Lal QFBAS9 a C 5 bi uH Ze lagan GNO Reael RIO 5205 oe SDA RAUCC RXBND SCL E ADATA RDATA YA 4 SD T TDATA g TDRTR Y THDIS T4UCC THGND hr eal fea lew gt a D j e fea FBR5S78 B3 oND GND 58tuH Hiep Pe 188nu28 BND HEB AJA Hgg Figure 62 Coupling the netlC to optical Transceivers netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Re
16. Table 30 LEDs EtherNet IP Adapter Slave netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 59 241 9 3 4 LED Open Modbus TCP The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the netlC NIC 50 RE device when the firmware of the Open Modbus TCP protocol is loaded to the device Duo LED red green i inthe Off Not Ready device OMB task is not ready drawing COM 9 Flashing cyclic Ready not configured yet o with 1Hz OMB task is ready and not configured yet Flashing cyclic Waiting for Communication eon with 5Hz OMB task is configured Connected 9 OMB task has communication at least one TCP connection is established Name inthe g T cyclic System error device with 2Hz drawing On Off Ratio COM 25 d Communication error active red LINK RJ45 LED green ChO amp Ch1 E On A connection to the Ethernet exists green w 0f oooO The device has no connection to the Ethernet ACT RJ45 LED yellow Cho amp Ch1 wd Flashing The device sends receives Ethernet frames yellow Table 31 LEDs Open Modbus TCP netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 60 241 9 3 5 LED Powerlink Controlled Node Slave The subsequent table describes the meaning of
17. Table 40 Mapping of register addresses various Modbus RTU Master which addresses the master uses for function codes 3 and 16 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 71 241 12 3 Register Area The netlC Communication IC device provides different data areas within the register area as shown in an overview in the following table Start End Data type Description of register register register Max size System Information UINT8 200 See section System Information Block read on page 76 System Configuration 100 199 UINTS 200 See section System Configuration Block write on page 82 Network Configuration Data Length Network Configuration Data write wo m uvm sytem nr System Flags rr VINOS See section System Flags on page 86 1000 1998 UINT8 1998 Input Data Image EE See section System Configuration Block on page 82 1999 1999 UINT16 Command Flags See section Command Flags on page 87 read Output Data Image write 2000 2993 UINT8 1988 See section System Configuration Block on page 82 S000 5999 I UINT16 1000 Reservedtortutweuse O da 6000 Web Server shared memory with host Web Server shared memory with host Sync write 7999 7999 UINT16 Register Table 41 Register Area netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldb
18. The boot signal BOOTn is used to stay in the boot mode after reset and wait with polling the diagnostic line for serial commands This is done by short circuit connection to Ground This can be done by an open oollector open drain digital output or by push button or equivalent Normally this is not necessary and mainly used on programming boards like the evaluation board not to start the firmware This means in case the firmware or the configuration file is corrupted or has an internal error which hang up the netX 50 processor these files can be deleted in boot mode The configuration and the firmware can be downloaded over the diagnostic port if there are no failure conditions at any time netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 106 241 13 1 3 3 Configuration of Host Interface GPIO Signal This signal is located at pin 26 This pin has a driving capability of 6 mA It is a general signal which can be used as input or output with different functions Behavior at netlC start up At netlC Start up the GPIO signal General Peripheral Input Output Signal is configured as input only The pin is reconfigured as SPI Chip Select signal SPI CS input if the following conditions are met e the configuration has been loaded already e the
19. a DIL 32 IC It is based on the netX 50 network controller and contains all components of a Fieldbus or Real Time Ethernet interface with integrated 2 Port Switch and Hub With the netX technology the whole spectrum of relevant Fieldbus and Real Time Ethernet systems is covered by loadable Firmware with one netlC These serial interfaces are available for application on which the user data are transferred with simple write read commands The widely known Modbus RTU protocol is implemented as a serial protocol on the Host interface Alternatively conventional shifting registers can be controlled via a synchronous serial interface so that no additional processor for a simple IO Device is required The firmware is also available in source code or as linkable Object Module Highlights of the netlC are E Available for Fieldbus and all Real Time Ethernet systems E Integrated Switch and Hub e Fits into a DIL 32 socket e UART interface with Modbus RTU protocol e Fiber Optic for Real Time Ethernet PROFINET IO Device available E PROFINET firmware contains support for Fast Start Up FSU The netlC only requires a 3 3 V power supply and two RJ45 Ports with integrated transmitter for operation on a Real Time Ethernet system respectively all components of the Fieldbus Interface Examples of schematic diagrams are included in chapter Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System beginning at page 102 of this docume
20. accompanying texts and the documentation were created for the use of the products by qualified experts however errors cannot be ruled out For this reason no guarantee can be made and neither juristic responsibility for erroneous information nor any liability can be assumed Descriptions accompanying texts and documentation included in the user manual do not present a guarantee nor any information about proper use as stipulated in the contract or a warranted feature It cannot be ruled out that the user manual the accompanying texts and the documentation do not correspond exactly to the described features standards or other data of the delivered product No warranty or guarantee regarding the correctness or accuracy of the information is assumed We reserve the right to change our products and their specification as well as related user manuals accompanying texts and documentation at all times and without advance notice without obligation to report the change Changes will be included in future manuals and do not constitute any obligations There is no entitlement to revisions of delivered documents The manual delivered with the product applies Hilscher Gesellschaft fur Systemautomation mbH is not liable under any circumstances for direct indirect incidental or follow on damage or loss of earnings resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus
21. of default big endian MSB LSB byte order may have an negative impact on minimum reachable cycle time Table 145 Technical Data PROFINET IO RT Device Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 18 3 6 Sercos Slave Parameter Description Parameter i Description O Maximum number of cyclic output data Rx of all slaves Supported sercos version sercos in the third generation Communication Specification Version 1 1 2 Supported sercos Communication Profiles SCP FixCFG Version 1 1 1 SCP VarCFG Version 1 1 1 SCP VarCFG Version 1 1 3 Supported FSP profiles FSP IO Limitations The netlC gateway is only designed for cyclic data exchange Max 2 connections 1 for consumer and 1 for producer Modifications of the Service Channel Object Dictionary are volatile after reset if resides on device Hot plug is not supported yet Cross communication not supported yet NRT Channel is not supported only forwarding Table 146 Technical Data sercos Slave Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 214 241 18 3 7 VARAN Client Slave Parameter Description Maximum number of cyclic input data 128 bytes Maximum number of cyclic output data 128 bytes Write
22. see below for more details Configuration by software tool standard netX Configuration Tool via Modbus RTU by writing into Modbus RTU registers Table 122 Technical Data NIC 50 RE Part 2 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 195 241 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency NIC 50 RE Method Criterion Electrostatic discharge 8 kV Air discharge method ESD according to Fast transient 2 kV Communication and Criterion A interferences Burst data lines according to IEC EN 61000 4 4 1995 Surge voltage according 1 kV Communication and Criterion A to IEC EN 61000 4 5 1995 data lines Radiated RF according to 80 2000MHz 10V m 80 Criterion A IEC EN 61000 4 3 1995 AM 1kHz 1 4 2 0GHz 10V m 80 Criterion A AM 1kHz Conducted RF according 0 15 80MHz 10V 80 Criterion A to IEC EN 61000 4 6 1995 AM 1kHz for lines 3m Table 123 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency NIC 50 RE netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 196 241 18 1 2 NIC 50 REFO Ch Important All data given here apply for NIC 50 REFO revision 2 Integrated memory RAM 8 MB SDRAM Ethernet communication Supp
23. starting register address of 96 and a quantity of registers of 5 then this request will fail with Exception Code 0x02 Illegal Data Address since it attempts to operate on registers 96 97 98 99 and 100 and there is no register with address 100 ILLEGAL DATA VALUE A value contained in the query data field is not an allowable value for server This indicates a fault in the structure of the remainder of a complex request such as that the implied length is incorrect It specifically does NOT mean that a data item submitted for storage in a register has a value outside the expectation of the application program since the MODBUS protocol is unaware of the significance of any particular value of any particular register SERVER DEVICE FAILURE An unrecoverable error occurred while the server was attempting to perform the requested action ACKNOWLEDGE Specialized use in conjunction with programming commands The server has accepted the request and is processing it but a long duration of time will be required to do so This response is returned to prevent a timeout error from occurring in the client The client can next issue a Poll Program Complete message to determine if processing is completed SERVER DEVICE BUSY Specialized use in conjunction with programming commands The server is engaged in processing a long duration program command The client should retransmit the message later when the server is free MEMORY PARITY ER
24. 02 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 187 241 16 3 1 1 Modbus Exception Codes The allowed values for telegram element Exception Code and their meanings are listed in the following table according to the MODBUS Application Protocol Specification V1 1b3 April 26 2012 p 48 49 which is available at http www modbus org MODBUS Exception Codes Code ILLEGAL FUNCTION The function code received in the query is not an allowable action for the server This may be because the function code is only applicable to newer devices and was not implemented in the unit selected It could also indicate that the server is in the wrong state to process a request of this type for example because it is unconfigured and is being asked to return register values ILLEGAL DATA ADDRESS The data address received in the query is not an allowable address for the server More specifically the combination of reference number and transfer length is invalid For a controller with 100 registers the PDU addresses the first register as O and the last one as 99 If a request is submitted with a starting register address of 96 and a quantity of registers of 4 then this request will successfully operate address wise at least on registers 96 97 98 99 If a request is submitted with a
25. 2 5 Safety Instructions on Personal Injury To ensure your own personal safety and to avoid personal injury you necessarily must read understand and follow the following and all other safety instructions in this guide 2 5 1 Electrical Shock Hazard A potentially lethal electrical shock may be caused by parts with more than 50V An electrical shock is the result of a current flowing through the human body The resulting effect depends on the intensity and duration of the current and on its path through the body Currents in the range of approximately 72 mA can cause effects in persons with good health and indirectly cause injuries resulting from startle responses Higher currents can cause more direct effects such as burns muscle spasms or ventricular fibrillation In dry conditions permanent voltages up to approximately 42 4 V peak or 60 V DC are not considered as dangerous if the contact area is equivalent to a human hand Reference 2 Therefore take care of the following rules when opening the device or working with the opened device HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE may be inside of the device into which the netlC Communication IC is to be integrated Therefore First disconnect the power plug of the device into which the netlC Communication IC is to be integrated Make sure that the device is really free of electric power Avoid touching open contacts or ends of wires n any case strictly adhere to the instructions given
26. 45 and the following For more see next page netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public For detailed information Page see section Device drawing Device Drawing Evaluation Board NICEB Mounting the Adapter NICEB AIF Mounting the Adapter NICEB AIF Installation Instructions for netX Configuration Tool Short Description of netX Configuration Tool Installation Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 34 241 Description For detailed information Page see section Activate the Check whether configuration mode is Status LEDs configuration mode active The FBLED on the NICEB indicates that the configuration mode is active by a regular red blinking with a frequency of 1 Hz Firmware versions 1 3 0 0 and higher Activation of the configuration mode is Switches Push Buttons done automatically Button T3 on the Evaluation Board does not have any influence Firmware versions prior to 1 3 0 0 If configuration mode is not active press the button T3 on the Evaluation Board in order to activate the configuration mode Hint Activate the configuration mode first and then start the netX Configuration Tool and not vice versa Be aware that Modbus RTU communication is inhibited in configuration mode Starting the netX Select Start gt Programs gt Hilscher Configuration Tool GmbH gt netX Configuration Tool
27. 9600 Baud e even parity e 1 stop bit e 8 data bits A connection using the diagnostic interface interrupts the communication of the serial host interface Modbus RTU In diagnostic mode the Output LEDs DOO DO15 are not serviced and the DIP switches are not read out gt In diagnostic mode the following restrictions have to be taken into account Malfunction If the serial diagnosis interface of the NIC 50 RE Connectors NOTICE DIAG TXD DIAG RXD is not connected then an external pull up resistor of 10 kO is required in your hardware design at DIAG RXD Omitting this pull up resistor will cause to severe boot up problems This does not apply for the netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication ICs of the NIC 50 family and to NIC 50 RE Revision 4 or higher those devices include an internal pull up resistor Diagnosti NA p 7 P TXD D Ug lt T 2 Al amp DIRG TMD RTS D a C GND x3 2 13 12 28 M1 R D D NEN 4 E DIRG RXD 8 g 43 5 Pp GND D GND i 1 danu2b5 152 GND 182 303 l n 3U3 mE Ci aj ares S OT el 18BnU25 a c t i B B y poo Us MAs3232E Figure 21 Proposal for the Design of the Diagnostic Interface LED Signals netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration o
28. C Hilscher heat sink Ambient temperature 40 85 C range for storage Humidity range 65 9o relative humidity non n condensing Device Dimensions L x W x H 42 x 21 x 14 2 mm without pins 42 x 21 x 17 4 mm including pins Protections CISPR 11 Class A Immunity according to IEC EN 61000 4 1995 see below for more details Configuration by software tool standard netX Configuration Tool via Modbus RTU by writing into Modbus RTU registers Table 125 Technical Data NIC 50 REFO Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference Electrostatic discharge 8 kV Air discharge method ESD according to l Table 126 Electrical Immunity to Interference NIC 50 REFO netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 198 241 18 1 3 NIC 10 CCS CC Link communication Supported communication CC Link Version 2 0 and 1 1 standard firmware according to CC Link Standard V 2 00 BAP 05025 J CC Link interface 156 kBits s to 10 MBit s Interface type RS 485 potential free Serial interface to host UART RXD TXD RTS Modbus TRE UART Baudrate 1 2 kBit s 2 4 kBit s 4 8 kBit s 9 6 kBit s default rate 19 2 kBit s 38 4 kBit s 5 6 kBit s 115 2 kBit s Control by RTS signal SPI SPI MOSI SPI MISO SPI CLK SPI CS Chip Select SPI Clockrate Maximum SPI Transmission rate
29. CENE 9 DA 1007 110 130 of i 100 110 130 DB a DB DG DG SLD SLD FG E FG Termination resistor depends on the used cable type see CC Link Cable Wiring Manual Figure 65 CC Link Network Termination resistor depends on the used cable type see CC Link Cable Wiring Manual The maximum length of one bus segment depends on the used baud rate The structure of the network can be built up without or with branches The details listed here are taken from the CC Link Cable Wiring manual from July 2004 Also further details are contained there The document is ready for download on http www cc link org changed Only trunk line without branches Baud rate max Length max Length max length high cable V1 00 cable V1 10 and flexible V1 10 cable V1 00 with Type 50 high capacity 156 kbps 1200 m 1200 m Table 98 Maximum length gt Note Further cable types are available with which however only lower maximum lengths can be reached netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netlC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 163 241 Trunk line with branch lines max number of devices in branch line 8m max cable length of branch 8m line max length of all branch 200 m 50 m lines Table 99 Maximum length Further devices can be connected via T
30. DESIGN IN INTEGRATION OF THE NETIC DIL 32 COMMUNICATION IC INTO Em edad ei eli vdiz eT UE 102 13 1 General Information about netlC rerien EaR 102 13 1 1 Block Diagram and Pin ASSIQNMENL cccccseeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseneeeaeeeeseaees 102 13 1 2 Power SUPPI ar TERES 105 13 1 3 FOS CU VEC S B E E a Mum M EE D LM alia ea MD D C D IS D DD ICM Cr DA ERUNT 105 13 1 4 oernal Shit 1O Interfaog iussu cnin eR toda ilu paw pa on Etats Pucci x uia utl dor sd Ec bd v d eu 109 13 1 5 Diagnostic Mtende mE 112 13 2 Module specific Information on the netlC ueeseesesseeeeeen 114 13 2 1 Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 RE 114 13 2 2 Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 REFO 119 13 2 3 netlC CC Link DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 10 CCS ssuss 127 13 2 4 netlC CANopen DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 COS 131 13 2 5 netlC DeviceNet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 DNS 136 13 2 6 netlC PROFIBUS DP DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 DPS 141 14 NETIC EVALUATION BOARDS NICEB AND NICEB REFO s 146 14 1 Evaluation Board NICE B 2 p i iediese toas esu ep oes Ese obe ves tiva a uon o dee Fade aa 146 14 1 1 Device Drawing Evaluation Board NICEB eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeese 146 14 1 2 Jumpers 254 X DS XO
31. Data Cyclic Data netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 89 241 12 4 2 Data Mapping Open Modbus TCP The following figure shows The Modbus RTU Master can read data starting with address 41001 using function code 3 These data were written from the Open Modbus TCP Client into the netlC xy Note The SSIO data are located by default on the first two registers of the il input data area Modbus RTU Master Input Data Register netlC Open Modbus TCP Client E LEQIIILULLUL UL L 1000 SSIO 2 Bytes out to LED i alil 1001 SSIO 2 Bytes out to X5 Figure 11 Register Area Input Data Open Modbus TCP The following figure shows The Modbus RTU Master can write data starting with address 42003 using function code 16 or 6 These data can be read from the connected Open Modbus TCP client Note The SSIO data are located by default on the first two registers of the output data area Changing the default settings for the SSIO offset can be done to make it possible for the Modbus RTU Master to use also register 42001 respectively 42002 to send data to the connected Real Time Ethernet respectively Fieldbus Modbus RTU Master Output Data Register netlC Open Modbus TCP Client 42001 2000 SSIO 2 Bytes Input lt Dip Switch 2001 SSIO 2 Bytes Input X5 Read with FC 4
32. Definition for VARAN Client for the RUN ERR LED netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 64 241 9 4 LEDs of the Evaluation Boards 9 4 1 FBLED The FBLED is mounted at the NICEB evaluation board and triggered by the NIC 50 signal line with the same name also see section Status LEDs on page 149 of this document It indicates that the NIC 50 is currently in configuration mode or has discovered a module error ue coor sae Men OOS FBLED Regular cyclic Indicates the NIC 50 is in configuration mode and diagnosis red flash can be done wi Fast regular Configuration error e g overlapping configuration red cyclic flash parameter The fast blinking of the FBLED does not indicate a general error of the firmware it just indicates that the Memory Mapping or SSIO are configured improperly In this case the protocol stack can work properly but its state can be checked by the user only with the COM LED d Irregular acyclic Indicates a module error red flash Table 39 Meaning of FBLED 9 4 2 Output LEDs DOO DO15 Furthermore the evaluation board NICEB NICEB REFO is equipped with 16 LEDs connected to the output signal lines DOO DO15 of the synchronous serial interface see Figure 58 Wiring Diagram of the Serial I O Shift Register Interface of the Evaluation Board on page 154 These LEDs
33. Device Description File used by PROFINET Half duplex denominates a telecommunication system between two communication partners which does not allow simultaneous but alternating communication in both directions is called a half duplex telecommunication system At such a system receiving data inhibits the transmission of data Half duplex is the opposite of Full duplex A network component connecting multiple communication partners with each other A hub does not provide own intelligence thus it does not netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public O Hilscher 2008 2014 Glossary Me Industrial Ethernet Modbus Data Model Modbus RTU netX 232 241 analyze the data traffic and sends received data to all connected communication partners A hub can be used for setting up a star topology C means Inter Integrated Circuit C is a serial data bus system developed by Philips Semiconductors It makes use of the master slave principle It can be used to connect devices with a low transmission rate to a system In IC systems two I O pins are sufficient to control an entire network See Real Time Ethernet The data model distinguishes four basic types of data areas Discrete Inputs inputs FC 2 Read coils outputs FC 1 5 15 Write and Read back Input register input data FC 4 Read Holding register output da
34. Ed 172 15 1 DOT COS EK 172 15 1 1 COMMS CHONG ON OM MT 174 15 1 2 KECO O ae Scere EE RR RE RC ELRER CEST 174 15 1 3 Oro Pasce MEME MEN MEM O 175 15 1 4 Reception of Real Time Data eesseessssssssseeeeeee nennen nnn nnns 175 15 1 5 Sending of Real Time Dalai ipit n petia ped stum usada abdo vis teda TUNES 176 15 1 6 Example for Configuration and Application eeeeeeeeeeeesseees 177 16 SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE SPI FOR NETIC eeeeeeeeeee 181 16 1 Principle OF ODSralloD assi eo rta e E ER Ev t aei A 181 16 1 1 iss Mis aro er TEE E 182 16 2 The net as SPIDEVICE nsp c 183 16 2 1 Mode of Operation Chip Select cccecccsccccceeeeeceeeeseeceseeeesseeeesseeeeseneessages 183 16 2 2 Activating the SPIPMOGe iie Ii eere dee Pur ie Eo sia seo rusa eb bur dete raga a ce Eve puo a 183 16 2 3 Deactivating the SPI MOGde iecit a qute usate dua Ut E AA 185 16 3 MODBUS Protocol Vid OPI asit caisse e ba Oca iori ob tuis o ose a 186 16 3 1 Definition of Protocol Modbus via SPP 0 0 cece ceececeececeeeeceseeceeeeceseeeeeeeaeaneeeas 186 16 3 2 zio PO tm 189 16 3 3 2 0 9 a wc 189 16 3 4 FN 2 cae tu MU Ma M EM t Mad nU S EUM SERE td 189 16 3 5 Example EC TO With EXC DOM 5o oec etie oet ema Eco bd ee ettet die 190 17 DECOMMISSIONING DEINSTALLATION REPLACEMENT AND DISPOSAL 191 17 1 D
35. Evaluation Board Description Installing the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC on the Evaluation Board Disconnect the power line of the Evaluation Evaluation Board NICEB Board NICEB If you want to use the NIC 50 RE then set all 8 Jumpers on X4 See Figure 52 on page 147 If you want to use the NIC 10 CCS NIC 50 COS NIC 50 DNS or NIC 50 DPS then remove all 8 jumpers on X4 Plug a suitable adapter on X4 Connector NICEB AIF DP for NIC 50 DPS NICEB AIF CC for NIC 10 CCS NICEB AIF CO for NIC 50 COS respectively NICEB AIF DN for NIC 50 DNS and screw the adapter from the bottom of the Evaluation Boards NICEB Plug in carefully and mount the netlC Communication IC device into the DIL 32 socket X1 of the Evaluation Board NICEB Make sure that the tag on the netlC Communication IC device matches the tag of the DIL 32 socket X1 of the NICEB evaluation board See Table 12 Connect the diagnostic port of the evaluation board NICEB to the COM port RS232 of the PC using the diagnostic cable CAB SRV Connect the power supply to the evaluation board Then the SYS LED on the corner of the netlC will permanently show green light 2 netX Configuration Tool Run the installation program from the CD Installation delivered with the netlC to install the netX Configuration Tool Choose the first entry of the installation programs menu netX Configuration and Diagnostic Utility Follow the installation instruction on page
36. GND _ SHIF RTS zov E at SPI_CLK Host SSIO LO 5 SHIF TXD SPI MISO Modbus RTU SHIF_RXD iiae aia 23 SPI MOSI not supported SSIO DI Ea El HD A Diagnostic SSIO LI G 27 DIAG TXD Configuration SSIO CLK 26 GPIO SPI_CS Diag Config Mode FBLED neem E eS Diag Config 3 3V 9 24 GND SDAD 10 23 SDA TxDisable0 27 TxDisablet SignalDetect 12 21 SignalDetecti Fiber RXNO 13 20 RXN1 Fiber Optic Optic I RAPO 14 RAP 1 a TXNO E 18 TXN1 TXPO TXP1 p 16 exces Ethernet Channel 1 Figure 27 NIC 50 REFO Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure Ethernet Channel 0 Take care of the following limitations There is no support for the shift registers pins 3 to 7 at NIC50 REFO SSIO CLK is internally connected to I2C Clock netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 13 2 2 2 Pin Assignment NIC 50 REFO 120 241 The schematic illustration shows the pin assignment of the NIC 50 REFO O BOOT SSIO_LOn ssio DO Sal DI S310 Lin Gol CLA RESETn 55 SDAD TxDisabled cignalDetect RAND RXPD TXND TXPD Figure 28 Pinning of NIC 50 REFO netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM2
37. Get Attribute Set Attribute can be used CIP Sync Services are not implemented TAGs are not supported Table 142 Technical Data EtherNet IP Adapter Slave Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 210 241 18 3 3 Open Modbus TCP Maximum number of input data 999 Registers Maximum number of output data 994 Registers Acyclic communication Read Write Register Maximum 125 Registers per Read Telegram FC 3 4 23 Maximum 121 Registers per Write Telegram FC 23 Maximum 123 Registers per Write Telegram FC 16 Read Write Coil Maximum 2000 Coils per Read Telegram FC 1 2 Maximum 1968 Coils per Write Telegram FC 15 Modbus Function Codes 23 Table 143 Technical Data Open Modbus TCP Protocol 18 3 4 Powerlink Controlled Node Slave Limitation No slave to slave communication The netlC gateway is designed for cyclic data exchange Acyclic communication for user data transfer can only be used if the host application program supports this which means programming effort for the host application program Then SDO Upload Download can be used Table 144 Technical Data POWERLINK Controlled Node Slave Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilsc
38. IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 87 241 12 3 4 Command Flags Writing a Command Flag sets up the appropriate command at netlC Communication IC If the command is executed the flag is automatically cleared Bit Description ooo Bit O RESET The Reset flag is set by the host system to execute a system wide reset This forces the system to restart All network connections are interrupted immediately regardless of their current state If a new configuration is desired to be applied from the flash memory this flag must be set Bit 1 BOOT START Reserved set to 0 Bit 2 APP READY If set the host application indicates to the protocol stack that its state is Ready Bit 3 BUS ON Using the BUS ON flag the host application allows the firmware to open network connections If set the netX firmware tries to open network connections Bit 4 INIT Setting the Initialization flag the application forces the protocol stack to restart and evaluate the configuration parameter again All network connections are interrupted immediately regardless of their current state Bit 5 BUS OFF Using the BUS OFF flag the host application inhibits to open network connections If set no network connections are allowed and open connections are closed Bit 6 CLR CFG When this flag is set the netlC will clear all configuration data stored in
39. It can be accessed via MDT and AT In the object dictionary connection control is located at IDN S 0 1050 x 8 Connection Control can be mirrored before or after the area for operation data input or output in the register area of the netlC You can comfortably adjust these parameters using the netX Configuration Tool Here the parameters are called Connection Control Offset O Real Time Data Process Image Offset QC and Heal Time Data Maximum Length O The position numbers relate to Figure 75 on page 172 Connection Control is managed by the firmware The netlC supports bus synchronous operation Therefore bit 3 of Connection Control has the value 1 However the host only has asynchronous access onto the Sercos data For correct operation it is crucial to be aware about the function of the Producer Ready Bit Bit O of C Con The Producer Ready Bit specifies whether currently data are produced in the connection to which the C Con belongs and declares these data as valid On every reception of a new MDT in CP4 the Producer Ready Bit has to be set to 1 The New Data Bit is set to O on the transition of the Sercos slave s state machine to CP4 It must be toggled every time there is a change in the data 15 1 2 O Control This concerns only Master to Slave communication via MDT In the FSP IO profile which is used at netlC IO Control is a two byte parameter containing lO related information It is only present wi
40. OBaOE d N SN o W ES o D 0 E Su ni 1 D ki Ga m om a 188nu1l156 FIEPLBZZL OBBOE 0 0 0 0 SOGND ISOGNHD Figure 34 Plan of CC Link Interface of NIC 10 CCS Design Recommendations If desired it can be connected to a 5 pole CC Link connector similarly to the design of the NICEB AIF CC adapter see section CC Link Adapter NICEB AIF CC on page 161 of this document The signals and their corresponding pins on the connector are Signal Pin CC LINK Description of signal CC LINK Connector Connect or Table 79 CC Link Interface of the NIC 10 CCS Signals and Pins You should integrate a capacitor 3 3 nF between CCL DG and the protective earth into your design according to the following schematic 815 CELDA ge ng 111 CELLDB gt ALGP EMG pp nid CCL Drs aL AB ee rn ia PE Aag 2 9 3nuUSa PE A B PE fol PE Figure 35 Proposal for the Design of the CC Link Interface of the NIC 10 CCS netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOC080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 131 241 13 2 4 netlC CANopen DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 COS Figure 36 Photo NIC 50 COS 13 2 4 1 NIC 50 COS Block
41. STAO GREEN Duo LED COMO gr n Table 76 Assignment of LED Signals to the pins of the Microchip Technology MCP23008 The pull up resistors at the GPIO pins GPO to GP7 MCP23008 Pins 12 to 19 have to be dimensioned with 10kQ The following I2C addresses have to be applied Luce hex 8 bit I O port extender circuit e g Microchip UNE MCP23008 The baud rate of the I2C interface is fixed to 400 kBit s Note The port extender logic can be deactivated by the netX Configuration Tool option Port Extender Disable within the Serial IO Shift Register Parameters See section Serial IO Shift Register Parameters within the Operating Instruction Manual of the netX Configuration Tool Design Proposal for FO Diagnosis See Figure 62 Coupling the netlC to optical Transceiver on page 160 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 13 2 2 5 126 241 Special Design Note for the NIC50 REFO Please take the following into account when working on NIC50 REFO designs Note The resistors for the receive lines and the resistors for the transmit lines should be located close to the netlC 13 2 2 6 Special Legal Regulation for NIC 50 REFO For the NIC 50 REFO PNS the following regulation applies Note If you dev
42. Selecting the Language Select in the Select Language Icon Bar the language icon for the desired language of the graphical user interface Selecting the Firmware Select in the Select Network Icon Bar the Protocol firmware button for the firmware Slave device you intend to use with your device If all firmware symbols are grayed out gt Make sure once more the device is operational Check if the diagnostic cable is connected correctly see step 1 and the configuration mode see step 3 is activated Right click to the navigation area Select the context menu Reload to reestablish a connection to the device Setting the Parameters Click in the navigation area to the Configuration push button Set the configuration parameters for the slave to be used If you are not sure about the meaning of a single configuration parameter we recommend to read the respective documentation or to choose the default value Configuring the Modbus gt Click in the navigation area to the push SSIO Data Mapping button Modbus RTU Sync Serial IO or Parameters Data Mapping device dependent gt Set the configuration parameters for Modbus RTU Sync Serial IO or Data Mapping For more see next page netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public See Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 See Operating Instr
43. UART or SPI interface The maximum speed of UART is 115kBaud and of SPI 1MHz Naturally the performance for IO exchange of netlC via the serial interface is slower than that of a dual port memory interface That is why the netlC is usable only for non time critical applications Several facts influence a statement of the performance of the netlC host interface e g e the amount of data that should be read or written to the netlC e the used baud rate e the used interface type i e UART or SPI e including CRC in the frame or not only valid for SPI e the used field bus protocol The time for transmission and reception can be calculated deterministically by the used baud rate and the length of the transmission and reception frame in bytes A non deterministic time is the reaction time of the netlC The reaction time is how long the netlC needs when it has received the last byte of request telegram until it starts to send the first byte of the response telegram This reaction time depends from the used interface type UART or SPI The reaction time covers the internal processing of a request and the preparation of a response frame The processing time is influenced by the number of received bytes and the number of bytes to be transmitted In SPI mode the internal processing time is also influenced by whether the CRC is included or not for Modbus RTU the CRC is always included Another aspect is also the used protocol stack In general t
44. and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 71 241 The elements of the System Information Block have the following meaning Device Number Device Identification This field holds a device identification or item number Example A value of 1541420 translates into a device number of 1541 420 denoting a NIC 50 DPS If the value is equal to zero the device number is not set Serial Number This field holds the serial number of the netX DIL 32 Communication IC It is a 32 bit value If the value is equal to zero the serial number is not set Device Class This field identifies the hardware The following hardware device class has been defined for the netlC Communication IC with netX 50 processor such as the NIC 50 NETIC RCX HW DEV CLASS NETIC 0x0013 Similarly for netlC Communication IC with netX 10 processor such as the NIC 10 CCS NIC 10 RCX HW DEV CLASS NIC 10 RE 0x0021 Hardware Revision This field indicates the current hardware revision of a module It starts with 1 and is incremented by 1 with every significant hardware change Hardware Compatibility The hardware compatibility index starts with zero and is incremented every time changes to the hardware require incompatible changes to the firmware The hardware compatibility is used by the netX configuration tool before downloading a firmware file to match firmware and hardware The applicatio
45. and LLDP 100 MBit s Full Duplex VARAN forbidden forbidden Table 153 Use of Hubs and Switches Important Failure of Network Communication on older netX Processors at certain Conditions f you intend to operate the NIC 50 RE with 10 MBit s in Half Duplex Mode only possible with Ethernet IP or Open Modbus TCP firmwares see section Failure in 10 MBit s Half Duplex Mode and Workaround on page 228 19 6 Failure in 10 MBit s Half Duplex Mode and Workaround Important The failure described here only affects older NIC 50 RE DIL 32 Communication ICs with serial numbers up to 22104 Affected Hardware Hardware with the communication controller netX 50 netX 100 or netX 500 netX Internal PHYs When can this Failure occur When using standard Ethernet communication with 10 MBit s half duplex mode the PHY gets stuck in case of network collisions Then no further network communication is possible Only device power cycling allows Ethernet communication again This problem can only occur with Ethernet TCP UDP IP EtherNet IP or Modbus TCP protocols when using hubs at 10 MBit s The issue described above is not applicable for protocols which use 100 MBit s or full duplex mode Solution Workaround Do not use 10 MBit s only hubs Use either switches or 10 100 MBit s Dual Speed hubs to make sure the netX Ethernet ports are connected with 100 MBit s or in full duplex mode netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Rea
46. application must manage the IO Status The following two bits are important The Outputs ready to operate bi Bit 15 has the value 1 if the outputs are active i e when the Operation State Outputs Bit in the IO Control of the previously received MDT has been set to 1 and the host application has successfully activated the outputs of the device Setting bit 15 to 0 means the outputs are not ready and are set to substitute values Set the Inputs valid bi Bit 14 to 1 if the device produces valid input data and to O if this is not the case By setting the IO Status to the hexadecimal value O0xCO000 the host application indicates to the Sercos Master that the device is in full operation Outputs active valid input data and output data have really been transmitted 15 1 4 Reception of Real Time Data Note Practically the bus cycle time will have a significantly lower value for instance 1 ms than the access time of the host onto the data within the netlC for instance 100 ms This means e The host application is not aware of each change in Sercos data e The host application always accesses the Sercos data asynchronously The host application must perform the following steps in order to correctly evaluate the real time data of the received MDT which are designated for the slave gt The Producer Ready Bit Bit 0 within Connection Control Register 1000 must be checked whether it is equal to 1 Only if this
47. are used for test purposes and emit yellow light netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Troubleshooting 65 241 10 Troubleshooting In case of any error please follow the hints given here in order to solve the problem General gt Check whether the requirements for netlC Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC operation are fulfilled Further information on this topic you can find in section Preconditions for Operation of netlC Communication ICs on page 28 SYS LED gt Check the status of the SYS LED in one corner of the NIC 50 RE device A solid green SYS LED indicates that the firmware of the netlC Communication IC is operational LINK LED only NIC 50 RE NIC 50 REFO gt Check using the LINK LED status whether a connection to the Ethernet has been established successfully Depending on the environment of the netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC proceed as follows e Ifthe netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC is mounted in its target environment Check signals LINKOn at pin 11 for channel O and LINK1n at pin 22 for channel 1 respectively e Ifthe netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC is mounted in the evaluation board NICEB NICEB REFO Check green LED at Ethernet connector of channel 0 or 1 respectively Mounting gt Check that the ne
48. case strictly adhere to the instructions given in the documentation of the device provided by its manufacturer Open the device and install the netlC Communication IC only after having completed all of the preceding steps WARNING E QD Safety instruction for USA see next page netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Installing the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC 44 241 USA Lethal Electrical Shock caused by parts with more than 50V HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE may be inside of the device into which the netlC Communication IC is to be integrated First disconnect the power plug of the device into which the netlC Communication IC is to be integrated Make sure that the device is really free of electric power n any case strictly adhere to the instructions given in the documentation of the device provided by its manufacturer Avoid touching open contacts or ends of wires Open the device and install or remove the netlC Communication IC only after having completed all of the preceding steps oe 3 Step 3 Plug in the netlC Communication IC device carefully but firmly to the DIL 32 socket intended to be used 4 Step 4 Close the housing of host device carefully if you opened it before Again adhere to the documentation supplied by the host device s manufacturer 5 Step 5 C
49. is the case further evaluation of the data may be done gt The Operation State Outputs Bit Bit 15 within the IO Control Word must be set to 1 Thus check whether the IO Control Word Register 1001 has the value 0x8000 Each time the New Data Bit Bit 1 in the Connection Control toggles i e changes its value new input data are present for evaluation At this time the Sercos slave must read out its input Input data area beginning at register 1002 and can then evaluate its input data gt Note If the host access time is exactly a multiple of the bus cycle time it can happen that the toggling of the New Data Bit within the Connection Control is not recognized netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Communication 176 241 15 1 5 Sending of Real Time Data The host application must proceed as follows to send the AT correctly gt The host has to supply the data to be sent by the netlC within the AT gt Write these output data into the output data area of the netlC in the example Write into the output data area beginning at register 2002 gt Set the mandatory bits within the IO Status Register 2001 This means 1 If IO Control Register 1001 had the value 0x8000 on the last MDT reception and the outputs have been successfully activated set the Outputs ready to operate bi Bit 15 w
50. long off phase approximately 1 000 ms Table 33 LED State Definition for Powerlink Controlled Node Slave for the BS BE LED Double Flash The indicator shows a sequence of two short flashes each approximately 200 ms separated by a short off phase approximately 200 ms The sequence is finished by a long off phase approximately netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 61 241 9 3 6 LED PROFINET IO RT Device The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the Real Time Ethernet device when the firmware of the PROFINET lO RT Device protocol is loaded to the device BF e LED T Name in the No configuration or low speed physical link or no physical device link l S In drawing COM Flashing No data exchange e cyclic at 2 Hz Flashing DCP signal service is initiated via the bus cyclic at 2 x for 3 sec LINK RJ45 LED green ee all On A connection to the Ethernet exists green o Jet The device has no connection to the Ethernet RX TX RJ45 LED yellow Cho amp Ch1 wd Flashing The device sends receives Ethernet frames yellow Table 34 LEDs PROFINET IO RT Device netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 62 241 9 3 7 LED Sercos Slave The subsequent
51. lt 00 gt Master STA_POLLRSP Table 118 Example FC23 without CRC netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOC080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 190 241 16 3 4 2 Example FC23 with Modbus Address and with CRC Combined reading and writing of multiple registers with FC23 Read 2 registers beginning with address 1000 and write 1 register beginning with address 2000 Seq Direction Data stream Master Slave Status The master sends a telegram the slave confirms 1 1 M gt S lt ADR gt lt 17 gt lt 03 gt lt E8 gt lt 00 gt lt 02 gt lt 07 gt lt D0 gt lt 00 gt 01 gt Master STA_TXD lt CRC gt lt CRC gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt Slave STA_RXD The master polls for the answer the slave returns BUSY lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt Master STA_POLL lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt Slave STA_BUSY The master polls the slave returns the answer lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt Master STA POLLRSP lt ADR gt lt 17 gt lt 00 gt lt 02 gt lt CRC gt lt CRCs Slave STA_RSP Table 119 Example FC23 with Modbus Address and with CRC 16 3 5 Example FC16 with Exception Writing of m
52. n c n c n c nc Figure 38 Pinning of NIC 50 COS e Pins marked in white are specific to CANopen e Pins marked in light blue are common to all netlC Communication ICs e Pins marked in red are used for LED signals or not used netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 133 241 The following table explains the assignment of pins and signals and also provides the direction and the meaning of these signals In Output CAN Signal L Pin 2 of connector CANH In Output CAN Signal H Pin 7 of connector EE Not connected CAN Ground Pin 3 of connector Not connected CAN GND Not connected CANL MEN Not connected Table 80 Pinning of NIC 50 COS The signals can be grouped as follows e Signals 13 14 and 19 belong to the CANopen Interface e Signals 10 and 23 belong to various LEDs 13 2 4 3 The CANopen Interface of the NIC 50 COS Interface Description The NIC 50 COS provides a single CANopen Slave interface for the connection with a CANopen Master The CANopen interface of the NIC 50 COS is designed as potential free ISO 118968 interface All electric signals are conforming to the CANopen specification EN 50325 4 Pins 13 to 14 and 19 to 20 belong to the CANopen interface of the NIC 50 COS The assignme
53. not comnecteg LRUN LED Anode green Table 77 Pinning of NIC 10 CCS The signals can be grouped as follows e Signals 13 14 and 19 belong to the CC Link Interface e Signals 10 and 23 belong to various LEDs 13 2 3 3 The CC Link Interface of the NIC 10 CCS Interface Description The NIC 10 CCS provides a single CC Link Slave interface for the connection with a CC Link Master The CC Link Interface of the NIC 10 CCS is designed as potential free RS 485 interface All electric signals are conforming to the CC Link standard V 2 00 BAP 05025 J Pins 13 to 14 and 19 belong to the CC Link interface of the NIC 10 CCS The assignment of pins to signals is as follows Pin Pin Description CC Link NIC 10 CCS CC B RX CC Link Data line B CC GND Ground for CC Link Table 78 Pin Assignment CC Link Interface All signals not mentioned here are not connected netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 130 241 z mirer E LT 2 862 e ISOGND Iso suU a x nmnmnroea ISO S5U idanuig RmEPLOGzZ2L
54. o E i EE Jte Figure 12 Register Area Output Data Open Modbus TCP netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 90 241 12 5 Acyclic Services Many Real Time Ethernet Systems have acyclic read and write services In that case the interface is mailboxes instead of a data image These Mailboxes are located also in the Register Image and are large enough to handle a whole Ethernet Frame The picture below illustrates the location of the used data input and output areas and registers in this context Cyclic input data of the Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus communication Cyclic output data of the Data Packet of Data Packet of Send Real Time Ethernetor Receive Mailbox Mailbox Fieldbus communication 0 0997 FC 3 23 FC 16 23 FC 3 23 FC 16 23 Modbus RTU Master Figure 13 Location of Data Input and Output Areas and used Registers The Modbus RTU Master can also handle these services over the serial Host Interface by reading the status information and writing the appropriate commands To do so e use function codes 3 or 23 for reading e use function codes 16 or 23 for writing the commands into the mailbox netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data
55. of the evaluation board NICEB with the names and position of connections interfaces pushbutton and LEDs e The figure of the dialog structure of the software netX Configuration Tool The following figure shows the evaluation board NICEB with specified names and positions of connectors interfaces push buttons and LEDs Digitale Ausgangs LEDs gelb festgelegt durch Bediener Digital Output LEDs Digitale Eingangs Schiebeschalter yellow user defined Digital Input Sliding puli a SEE Steckbr cken m ssen f r Ethernet Betrleb mum mt Af 5mm 9 a C 3 Ethernet RJ45 Socket X50 Immer gesetzt seln X4 9 11 Channel 1 CH 1 Jumpers must always be set for Ethernet 1E Pees 33 2IN 7 eui Operation X4 m L3 L1L Ethernet RJ45 Buchse X50 Kanal 1 CH 1 Anschluss f r zus tzliche E digitale Eingange und Ausgange X5 E Connector for additional z Ethernet RJ45 Socket X50 E L digital Inputs and Outputs X5 Channel 0 CH 0 Ethernet RJ45 Buchse X50 Kanal 0 CH 0 Sockel f r netlC DIL 32 X1 Socket for netIC DIL 32 X1 Taster f r Konflguratlon T3 Spannungsversorgung X100 Boot T2 und Reset T1 Bo Power Supply X100 Push Button for Conflguratlon T3 d Boot T2 and Reset T1 RS232 Diagnostic Interface Jumper Konfiguration DSub female Connector X3 9 pin Hardware Schnittstelle X6 X7 X8 RS232 422 485 Host Interface Jump
56. tested regarding its emission and immunity behavior Therefore it is not suited for use in an industrial production environment netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 208 241 18 3 Technical Data of the Communication Protocols 18 3 1 EtherCAT Slave Parameter Description Complex Slave Distributed Clocks DC Supported 32 Bit Limitations The netlC gateway is designed for cyclic data exchange Acyclic communication for user data transfer can only be used if the host application program supports this which means programming effort for the host application program Then SDO Master Slave can be used Table 141 Technical Data EtherCAT Slave Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 209 241 18 3 2 EtherNet IP Adapter Slave Parameter Description Predefined standard objects Identity Object Message Route Object Assembly Object Connection Manager Ethernet Link Object TCP IP Object Limitations The netlC gateway is designed for cyclic data exchange Acyclic communication for user data transfer can only be used if the host application program supports this which means programming effort for the host application program Then sercives
57. the NIC 50 REFO Interface Description The netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 REFO contains an integrated I2C Master Slave unit allowing to implement a port extender logic for LED control and Fiber Optics FO diagnosis Important It is urgently recommended to implement this port extension within your design Otherwise neither LED functionality nor diagnosis of fiber optic communication will be operational Pins 7 10 and 23 belong to the I2C interface of the NIC 50 REFO The following signals are assigned to these pins Sogni Pn Description SCL Clock signal for I2C interface SDAO LED control and FO diagnosis signal for port O FO diagnosis signal for port 1 Table 75 Pin Assignment I2C interface of the NIC50 REFO Design Proposal for LED Control We recommend to connect the NIC 50 REFO to the 8 bit parallel I O port extender circuit Microchip Technology MCP23008 with 2C interface according to the design proposal given in Figure 30 on page 124 This design proposal is similar to the schematics of the Evaluation Board NICEB REFO In this design the MCP23008 is used as port extender circuit supplying an integrated I2C interface D RR i 44 coma 3U3 3U3 7 oF l 1 J HSMF C165 SEES 5 0 ccc 0 ccc SSIO CLK KIKK ae aed Ped Pace E COM Pes G are STAB_GREENS x 270 3Uu3 LLLI p rsrme mep sze TEN IT d STR1 GREEN 2 LLLI stained Soi je I LINK CH8 6 E NS
58. the assignment of pins and signals and also provides the direction and the meaning of these signals Pin Signa Direction Explanation BA onon Output Ethemet Channel O LinkLED Table 71 Pinning of NIC 50 RE The signals can be grouped as follows e Signals 11 to 16 belong to Ethernet channel 0 e Signals 17 to 22 belong to Ethernet channel 1 e Signals 10 and 23 belong to various LEDs Note Due to the auto crossover feature of the netX PHYs receive and transmit of each Ethernet channel may be swapped 13 2 1 3 Real Time Ethernet Interface of NIC 50 RE Interface Description The netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 RE drives two Ethernet ports and has an internal switch and hub functions respectively the different circuits which are related to the special features of some Real Time Ethernet systems to build up a line structure The external interface to the Ethernet lines is very simple because the PHYs are already integrated on the NIC 50 RE Using RJ45 ports with integrated magnetics only a few resistors and capacitors are necessary to match the line impedance Pins 11 22 represent the Ethernet Interface of the NIC 50 RE It consists of 2 channels namely e Pins 11 16 represent the interface of Ethernet channel 0 of the NIC 50 RE e Pins 17 22 represent the interface of Ethernet channel 1 of the NIC 50 RE Note The device supports the Auto Crossover function Due to this fact the signals
59. the design of the NICEB REFO board For more information about the NICEB REFO see section Evaluation j Board NICEB REFO on page 157 of this document netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 123 241 EIS 1 i 3 Ca c J acl i i Ld eua e IRL DETECTI iD QI Lic T X11 n ri tf lt US Uf I D fT S 3U3 1 Ta 3 Go e P F3 Mul C1 i1 Ps E 121 f f 1 o T INA DI CT Figure 29 Proposal for the Design connecting the optical Real Time Ethernet Interface of the NIC 50 REFO with a fiber optical Transceiver Hints For each Ethernet channel one Avago QFBR 5978AZ is required Zee If necessary more information about the Avago QFBR 5978AZ can be j found at the manufacturer s web site at http www avagotech com netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 124 241 13 2 2 4 Design Proposal for a Port Extender Logic for LED Control and Fiber Optics Diagnosis via the I2C Interface of
60. the flash file system Afterwards a reset of the netlC is required RESET flag that the netlC starts up without any configuration and the netlC is ready to be newly configured Bit 7 SIR CFG When this flag is set the netlC will store all registers which hold configuration data into the flash memory Before it is possible to store a configuration into the flash memory the old configuration must be deleted by using the CLR CFG flag Otherwise it will cause an exception to set this flag Whether a configuration is stored in the flash file system or not is indicated by the system flag FLS CFG Bit 8 LCK CFG When this flag is set the netlC causes an exception whenever the user wants to write any configuration register network and system configuration The lock status is reflected in the status flag LCK CFG Bit 9 UNLOCK CFG When this flag is set the netlC unlocks the write protection to any configuration register The lock status is reflected in the status flag LCK CFG Bit 10 WDG ON With this flag the watchdog function of the field bus and the shift register interface is activated The status whether the watchdog is active or not is stored in the status flag WDG ON Bit 11 WDG OFF With this flag the watchdog function of the field bus and the shift register interface is deactivated Bit 12 15 Reserved set to zero Table 54 Command Flags netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN
61. usage of VARAN Added Figure 62 Coupling the netlC to optical Transceiver Removed NIC 50 CPS Removed Windows 2000 from System Requirements for netX Configuration Tool Denominated NIC 50 RE without heat sink as NIC 50 RE NHS as this is the official article denomination Added description of Fieldbus connector kit NICEB CONKIT Added NIC 10 CPS Added chapter Communication Added description of jumpers J70 and J71 of NICEB REFO Update of section LED EtherCAT Slave Added description of Permanent DHCP feature Term synchronous serial interface SSIO has been corrected to serial shift register Clarified description of limitation for word structure Changed last entry in Table 52 Predefined IDs for clarification Updated section Serial Shift IO Interface Error correction at design recommendations for DeviceNet and CANopen circuitry Design Recommendations changed Change of Figure 29 Proposal for the Design connecting the optical Real Time Ethernet Interface of the NIC 50 REFO with a fiber optical Transceiver c 2013 07 17 13 2 5 1 Correction of RC connection in Figure 42 in section NIC 50 DNS Block Diagram 2014 02 10 12 2 12 3 16 2 1 16 3 1 16 3 1 1 17 2 9 2 5 12 13 2 2 4 11 2 8 2 6 3 3 4 1 13 1 4 Some clarifications in text about Modbus addressing Added new columns to Table 41 Register Area Added new subsection containing a note on usage of the Chip Select Signal CS Table
62. with Modbus Address and with CRC Example FC16 with Exception Technical Data NIC 50 RE Part 1 Technical Data NIC 50 RE Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency NIC 50 RE Technical Data NIC 50 REFO Part 1 Technical Data NIC 50 REFO Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference NIC 50 REFO Technical Data NIC 10 CCS Part 1 Technical Data NIC 10 CCS Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference NIC 10 CCS Technical Data NIC 50 COS Part 1 Technical Data NIC 50 COS Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency NIC 50 COS Technical Data NIC 50 DNS Part 1 Technical Data NIC 50 DNS Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency NIC 50 DNS Technical Data NIC 50 DPS Part 1 Technical Data NIC 50 DPS Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency NIC 50 DPS Technical Data NICEB Technical Data NICEB REFO Technical Data EtherCAT Slave Protocol Technical Data EtherNet IP Adapter Slave Protocol Technical Data Open Modbus TCP Protocol Technical Data POWERLINK Controlled Node Slave Protocol Technical Data PROFINET IO RT Device Protocol Technical Data sercos Slave Protocol Technical Data VARAN Client Protocol Technical Data CANopen Slave Protocol Technical Data CC Link Slave Protocol Technical Data DeviceNet Slave Protocol Technical Data PROFIBUS DP Slave Protocol Technical Data Modbus RTU Protocol Use of Hubs and Switches netlC DIL 32
63. within a given timeframe the watchdog time which can be adjusted accordingly for instance by a parameter in the Warmstart message and causes an alarm otherwise usually this is accomplished by changing the operational state of the communication system to a more safe state A special kind of Device Description file used by Ethernet Powerlink netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Glossary 235 241 XML XML means Extended Markup Language It is a symbolic language for structuring data systematically XML is standard maintained by the W3C World wide web consortium Device Description Files often use XML based formats for storing the device related data appropriately netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Lists 236 241 21 Lists 21 1 List of Figures Figure 1 Device Drawing NICEB 31 Figure 2 Dialog Structure of netX Configuration Tool 32 Figure 3 NICEB Remove Jumpers X4 40 Figure 4 NICEB without netlC Communication IC Module and without Jumpers Adapter 41 Figure 5 NICEB with Adapter 42 Figure 6 Structure of the Firmware of the Realtime Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 RE 67 Figure 7 Register Area 69 Figure 8 Example Configuration for SSIO Input and Output SSIO Input Offset 400 S
64. x T3 GPIO This push button activates the configuration and diagnostic mode of the netlC Communication IC Pressing the push button again will deactivate the configuration and diagnostic mode Currently this push button is connected to signal GPIO SPI_CS at pin 26 This push button is not serviced any longer by firmware versions 1 3 12 x and higher There the configuration mode is detected and deactivated automatically Table 89 Push Buttons of Evaluation Board NICEB and their respective Functions 14 1 4 Status LEDs The board has the following status LEDs controlled by the netlC Communication IC see Figure 53 at page 148 LED Name Signal Description COM red green This LED is controlled by the ERR red and STA green duo LED signal lines from the netlC Communication IC FBLED red This LED is controlled by the FBLED signal line from netlC Communication IC Signals active configuration and diagnostic mode by blinking with 0 5 Hz Table 90 LEDs of Evaluation Board NICEB and their respective Signals netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 150 241 14 1 5 Connectors The connectors available at the evaluation board NICEB are e Power Connector X100 e Diagnostic Interface Connector X3 e Host Interface Connector and Hardware X2 e Digital Input Output Por
65. 0 ccccccecccccssseeeceeseeecseaseeeseaseeessaeeessegseesseaseeeeas 226 19 4 6 Device Drawing NIC 50 DNS sees nennen nnn nnn 221 19 4 7 Device Drawing NIC 50 DPS sssssssessssseseeneennn nennen nnns 221 19 5 Use or Hubs and SWIIClIGS tice ttu dettes un act au Deed te et ar aftu etat 228 19 6 Failure in 10 MBit s Half Duplex Mode and Workaround 228 ZUNERCU S V REED D gee Umm 230 MEE VIP EE T 236 21 1 TES 7 gelu ER DIDI ES 236 21 2 Wide IF 6 clo RE NNMERO TENER 238 2A CONTACTS c e 241 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 7 241 1 Introduction 1 1 Obligation to read and understand the Manual Gh Important To avoid personal injury and to avoid property damage to your system or to your netlC you must read and understand all instructions in the manual and all accompanying texts to your netlC before installing and operating your netlC First read the Safety Chapter on page 18 Keep the product DVD providing the product manuals available for later use 1 2 About the User Manual and Design Guide This user manual describes the hardware installation commissioning and operation of the netlC product family from Hilscher based on the communication controllers of the netX family The netlC is design
66. 008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 128 241 13 2 3 2 Pin Assignment NIC 10 CCS The schematic illustration shows the pin assignment of the netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 10 CCS 43V GND aaa EU oH Moda SiO LOn E uso m Mode sso Do Sel MOSI SPI Mode SSIO DI DIAG RXD SSIO Lin DIAG TXD SSIO_CLK BPI CS SPI Moda RESETn FBLED Diag Config Mode 54 GND L RUM Anode red L ERR Anode green m E EJ E E C 2 3 4 5 5 E 8 e 19 n 12 n c n c n c n c CC DA n c CC DB ISO GND CC GND n c n c i c n c Figure 33 Pinning of NIC 10 CCS e Pins marked in white are specific to CC Link e Pins marked in light blue are common to all netlC Communication ICs e Pins marked in red are used for LED signals or not used netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 129 241 The following table explains the assignment of pins and signals and also provides the direction and the meaning of these signals Pn Signal Direction Explanation Cf Noteomecied 0 Nwememd I E Noteomected Naemeded Nummi pNeemeded ScumkGmmd Nacmedd Nammedd
67. 14 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 80 241 Protocol Class This field identifies the protocol stack EtherCAT RCX_PROT_CLASS_ETHERCAT 0x0009 Open Modbus TCP 0x0012 Table 47 Possible Values of Protocol Class Other values are reserved Conformance Class This field identifies the supported functionality of the protocol stack PROFIBUS supports DPV1 or DPV2 PROFINET complies with conformance class A B C etc The entry depends on the protocol class of the communication channel see above and is defined in a protocol specific manual Input Configuration Shift Registers It is possible to configure up to 10 bytes i e 5 registers of the SSIO Input data to be evaluated separately and written into the registers 70 to 74 For instance these can be used by the host for handling rotary address switches connected to the shift registers Register 110 determines how many bytes of the SSIO Input data are actually written into the registers 70 to 74 If you want to switch off this feature just set register 110 to O indicating no data are written to registers 70 74 Also see Figure 8 on page 81 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model T SSIO Input Rotary Address Switch D SSIO Output Status 81 241 Output Status Shift Registers It is possible to con
68. 2 Use of VARAN Client In order to use the netlC Communication IC with VARAN you need a license which you can acquire at the VNO VARAN Bus Nutzerorganisation B rmooser Strafe 10 A 5112 Lamprechtshausen info varan bus net after getting a member of VON The license as well as the Vendor ID and the Device ID can be adjusted with the SYCON net configuration software or with the netX Configuration Tool 19 3 Change in the Use of DHCP and Default IP Address in the EtherNet IP Firmware The following change applies to all Firmware versions for EtherNet IP beginning with1 4 16 x Change If DHCP is set to get an IP address then DHCP is used constantly Behavior before change If DHCP is set to get to get the IP address parameter then after 3 tries without success a default IP address was used Now DHCP is used constantly to get an IP address There is no default IP address any more netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Annex 222 241 19 4 Device Drawings 19 4 4 Device Drawing NIC 50 RE with Heat Sink The following drawing shows the dimension of the NIC 50 RE with the original Hilscher heat sink Moreover there is a NIC 50 RE version without the original Hilscher heat sink NIC 50 RE NHS which is described in the next subsection NXIC M SYS T vii Figure 81 Device Drawing NIC 50 HE The hea
69. 2 bit received Read Indication Packet 4008 Slot number to be read Unsigned integer Take over from 32 bit received Read Indication Packet 4010 Subslot number to be Unsigned integer Take over from read 32 bit received Read Indication Packet 4012 Index to be read Unsigned integer Take over from 32 bit received Read Indication Packet 4014 Read record data length Unsigned integer Take over from 32 bit received Read Indication Packet 4016 PROFINET error codes Unsigned integer On error Suitable 32 bit error code otherwise O 4018 Additional value 1 Unsigned integer 16 bit 4020 Additional value 2 Unsigned integer 16 bit 4022 Data area Field consisting of Data to be 4533 1024 unsigned transmitted integer 8 bit values Table 63 Modbus function code 16 for writing the Read Response Packet Additional value 1 and 2 are only relevant for working with PROFINET IO Profiles and can always be set to O if not working with PROFINET IO Profiles For more information refer to the PROFINET IO RT IRT Device Protocol API Manual Revision 7 Concerning PROFINET lO error codes see chapter 11 there netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 101 241 12 6 Watchdog Function The netlC firmware provides an own watchdog functionality However this function is only available if the netlC is configured as Modbu
70. 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 205 241 NIC 50 DPS Parameter Value Environmental conditions Ambient temperature range for operation NIC 50 DPS without heat sink Ambient temperature 40 85 C range for storage Humidity range 0 85 relative humidity non condensing Device Dimensions L x W x H 42 x 21 x 14 2 mm without pins 42 x 21 x 17 4 mm including pins Weight appr 10 g Length of pins 3 2 mm Diameter of pins 0 047 mm Mounting directly into DIL 32 socket Protection Class Be RoHS Immunity CISPR 11 Class A Immunity according to IEC EN 61000 4 1995 see below for more details Configuration by software tool standard netX Configuration Tool via Modbus RTU by writing into Modbus RTU registers Table 137 Technical Data NIC 50 DPS Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency Electrostatic discharge 8 kV Air discharge method ESD according to l Fast transient 2 kV Communication and Criterion A interferences Burst data lines according to IEC EN 61000 4 4 1995 Surge voltage according 1 kV Communication and Criterion A to IEC EN 61000 4 5 1995 data lines Radiated RF according to 80 2000MHz 10V m 80 Criterion A IEC EN 61000 4 3 1995 AM 1kHz 1 4 2 0GHz 10V m 80 Criterion A AM 1kHz Conducted RF according 0 15 80MHz 10V 80 Criterion A to IEC EN 61000 4 6 1995 AM 1kHz 0 15 80M
71. 3 as described in Table 55 within the preceding section if your MODBUS interface does not support FC23 alternatively FC3 plus FC16 is also possible 2 Send Register Application Packet Before receiving of any indications is possible with the PROFINET IO Device protocol stack first a Register Application Packet needs to be send in order to register the application at the stack This functionality is provided by the PROFINET IO Device protocol stack In order to check whether sending of packets is currently possible evaluate the current value of system flag TX MBX FULL Register 999 Bit 5 This needs to be O if sending of packets is currently available If this is the case the packet can be sent using the MODBUS function code for writing FC 16 Here the reduced packet header MODBUS FC 16 E Function Code Write multiple registers Data Address Write Offset of first register to B be written Data Count Write Number of registers to be written Table 59 MODBUS function code 16 for writing the Register Application Packet The registers 3994 Send Packet Command 3996 Send Packet Error Code 3998 Send Packet Size and 3999 Send Packet Identifier and all registers containing the data of the Register Application Packet must have been set accordingly when sending the Register Application Packet see the subsequent table netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 E
72. 4 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 237 241 Photo of Evaluation Board NICEB with Positions of Jumpers X4 X6 X8 Photo of Evaluation Board NICEB with Positions of Switches T1 T3 and LEDs External Power Supply Connector Diagnostic Interface Connector 9 Pin D Sub Connector used as Host Interface Connector Wiring Diagram of the Serial Host Interface of the Evaluation Board Wiring Diagram of the Serial I O Shift Register Interface of the Evaluation Board Schematic of Ethernet Connectors Wiring Diagram of the Ethernet Interface of the Evaluation Board NICEB Device Photo Evaluation Board NICEB REFO Coupling the netlC to optical Transceivers Photo CANopen Adapter NICEB AIF CC CC Link Interface Screw terminal connector 5 pin CC Link Network Photo CANopen Adapter NICEB AIF CO CANopen Interface DSub male connector 9 pin of NICEB AIF CO CAN Network Photo DeviceNet Adapter NICEB AIF DN DeviceNet Interface CombiCon male Connector 5 pin of NICEB AIF DN DeviceNet Network Photo PROFIBUS DP Adapter NICEB AIF DP PROFIBUS DP Interface D Sub female connector 9 pole of the NICEB AIF DP PROFIBUS DP Network Screen Configuration of the netX Configuration Tool only lower part shown Data Model for S
73. 5EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public a 4 5 5 E E 2 Power FO Diag GND FO Diag ho ho i KJ n ha C h Ca GND SHIF_RTS sPF CLK SPI Mode SHIF TXD SP MISO SPI Moda SHIF_RXD oFl_MOSI SPI Mode DIAG RXD DIAG TXD GPIO Diag Config Made SPL CS SPI Mode FBLED GNO SDA1 TxDisable1 signalbietect 1 RXN1 RXP1 TXMN1 TXP1 Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 121 241 The following table explains the assignment of pins and signals and also the direction and the meaning of these signals SCL Output SCL Fiber Optic Diagnostic Port Extender for LEDs SDAO In Output pm Fiber Optic Diagnostic Port Extender for Table 73 Pinning of NIC 50 REFO The signals can be grouped as follows e Signals 3 to 7 are not supported e Signals 10 to 16 belong to Ethernet channel O e Signals 17 to 23 belong to Ethernet channel 1 Note Due to the auto crossover feature of the netX PHYSs receive and transmit of each Ethernet channel may be swapped netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 122 241 13 2 2 3 Optical Real Time Ethernet Interface of NIC 50 REFO Interface Description T
74. 7 and X8 to match one of the following standards for serial interfaces e RS232 e RS422 e RS485 In case of configuration as RS422 or RS485 interface additionally there is possibility to choose between operation with an always active receiver and operation with receiver line RS485 or transmit line RS422 controlled by RTS signal Depending on the chosen settings of jumpers X6 to X8 the following will occur e The function of the interface will behave according to the RS232 RS422 or RS485 standard e he function of the RS485 interface s receiver line or the RS422 interface s transmit line will be configured e The signals of the chosen interface type RS232 RS422 or RS485 are available at the connector s pins according to the table below These signals are derived from the netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC devices signal SHIF TXD SHIF_RXD and SHIF_RTS The subsequent table explains how to set the jumpers for the desired type of interface and which assignments of signals to pins of the connector will be established depending on that choice Transmit Receive line positive Transmit Receive line negative Ground over 100 O resistor TxD RxD P TxD RxD N GND TxD RxD P TxD RxD N GND Transmit Receive line positive Transmit Receive line negative Ground over 100 O resistor Transmit line positive Transmit line negative Receive line positive Receive line negative Ground over 100 Q resistor Transmit lin
75. Boot Mode E SSIO LOn Output Serial Interface Latch Output 6 sio um Output Synchronous Serial Interface Latch Input Data SSIO_CLK Output Synchronous Serial Interface Shift Clock 8 Reset netlC ims not compatible with 5V 98 83V Power Supply Pins of the right side GND 0 Ground FBLED Output FBLED Configuration Diag LED Config amp Diag Mode General Purpose IO GPIO SPI CS In Output Config Diag Mode SPI Mode SPI Chip Select Signal SPI Mode Diagnostic Interface Receive Data SHIF RXD Config amp Diag Mode Serial Host Interface SPI MOSI Input Receive Data SPI Mode SPI Master out Slave in SHIF TXD Config amp Diag Mode Serial Host Interface SPI MISO Output Transmit Data SPI Mode SPI Master in Slave out SPI Mode Config amp Diag Mode Serial Host Interface Ready To Send SPI Mode SPI Serial Clock SPI Mode SHIF_RTS Output SPI CLK Input Table 64 Pinning of netlC The signals can be grouped as follows e Signals 1 9 24 and 32 are the pins for providing the operation voltage Ground and 3 3 V power supply e Signals 3 to 7 represent the Synchronous Serial Interface e Signals 2 and 8 are needed for booting and reset purposes e Signals 27 to 28 belong to the Diagnostic Interface e Signals 29 to 31 belong to the Serial Host Interface SHIF or to the SPI interface if the netlC has been configured to SPI Mod
76. CEB REFO 169 241 14 3 4 PROFIBUS DP Adapter NICEB AIF DP 14 3 4 1 Photo NICEB AIF DP Figure 72 Photo PROFIBUS DP Adapter NICEB AIF DP 14 3 4 2 Drawing PROFIBUS DP Interface NICEB AIF DP The following drawing shows the PROFIBUS DP Interface D Sub female connector 9 pole of the NICEB AIF DP Figure 73 PROFIBUS DP Interface D Sub female connector 9 pole of the NICEB AIF DP Connection with D Sub female connector RxD TxD P Receive Send Data P respectively connection B plug DGND Reference potential RxD TxD N Receive Send Data N respectively connection A plug Table 108 PROFIBUS DP Interface D Sub female connector 9 pole of the NICEB AIF DP Adapter netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 170 241 14 3 4 3 PROFIBUS DP Interface of NICEB AIF DP The PROFIBUS DP Interface of the NICEB AIF DP is designed as potential free RS 485 interface Please ensure that termination resistors are available at both ends of the cable If special PROFIBUS connectors are being used these resistors are often found inside the connector and must be switched on For baud rates above 1 5 MBaud use only special connectors which also include additional inductance It is not permitted to have T stubs on PROFIBUS high baud rates Use only a special cable whi
77. Communication IC and suitable Adapter NICEB AIF NOTICE Device Destruction When using the NICEB Evaluation Board with the Fieldbus Versions of the netIC Gateways NIC 10 CCS NIC 50 COS NIC 50 DNS respectively NIC 50 DPS Remove the jumpers X4 on the NICEB Setting the X4 jumpers would cause a short circuit Therefore never use a netlC Fieldbus Communication IC within the NICEB with the Ethernet jumpers X4 set Figure 3 NICEB Remove Jumpers X4 Note The adapters NICEB AIF CC NICEB AIF CO NICEB AIF DN and NICEB AIF DP are not designed for use with the NICEB REFO evaluation board For this board no adapter is required In order to mount the adapter onto the evaluation board NICEB proceed as follows gt First remove all the jumpers on X4 4 Your NICEB Evaluation Board should then look like this netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 41 241 Figure 4 NICEB without netlC Communication IC Module and without Jumpers Adapter Plug the adapter onto connector X4 Please note that all 16 pins of the adapter are connected correctly on the 16 pins of the connector X4 In order to fix the adapter screw it from the rear side of the evaluation board NICEB You can then mount the netlC onto the DIL 32 socket of the evaluation board NICEB Take care of th
78. Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public 240 241 171 172 177 182 186 188 189 189 189 190 190 193 194 195 196 197 197 198 199 199 200 201 201 202 203 203 204 205 205 206 207 208 209 210 210 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 228 Hilscher 2008 2014 Contacts 22 Contacts Headquarters Germany Hilscher Gesellschaft fur Systemautomation mbH Rheinstrasse 15 65795 Hattersheim Phone 49 0 6190 9907 0 Fax 49 0 6190 9907 50 E Mail info hilscher com Support Phone 49 0 6190 9907 99 E Mail de support hilscher com Subsidiaries China Hilscher Systemautomation Shanghai Co Ltd 200010 Shanghai Phone 86 0 21 6355 5161 E Mail info hilscher cn Support Phone 86 0 21 6355 5161 E Mail cn support hilscher com France Hilscher France S a r l 69500 Bron Phone 33 0 4 72 37 98 40 E Mail info nhilscher fr Support Phone 33 0 4 72 37 98 40 E Mail fr support hilscher com India Hilscher India Pvt Ltd New Delhi 110 065 Phone 91 11 43055431 E Mail info hilscher in Italy Hilscher Italia S r l 20090 Vimodrone MI Phone 39 02 25007068 E Mail info ohilscher it Support Phone 39 02 25007068 E Mail it support hilscher com 241 241 Japan Hilscher Japan KK Tokyo 160 0022 Phone 81 0 3 5362 0521 E Mail info hilscher jp Suppo
79. Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 94 241 9 2 5 LED DeviceNet Slave The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LED for the netlC NIC 50 DNS device when the firmware of the DeviceNet Slave protocol is loaded to the device Up coo swe Me O O OC e LED red green us bevezie enine and pes ntans al corneetons wih al Sire Device is online and has established all connections with all Slaves Q green Flashing 1 Hz Device Operational AND On line Device is online and has established no connection in the established state Configuration missing incomplete or incorrect Flashing Selftest after power on en Green Red Off Green on for 250 ms then red on for 250 ms then off Flashing 1 Hz Minor Fault and or Connection Time Out Device is online and has established one or more connections in the established state It has data exchange with at least one of the configured Slaves Minor or recoverable fault No data exchange with one of the configured Slaves One or more Slaves are not connected Connection timeout Critical Fault orCritical Link Failure Critical connection failure device has detected a network error duplicate MAC ID or severe error in CAN network CAN bus off Device is not powered The device may not be powered Device is not on line and or No Network Power The devic
80. Communication IC into the intended target environment 99 Also see sections Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System on page 102 and netic Evaluation Boards NICEB on page 146 The Evaluation Board NICEB should only be used in conjunction with the corresponding power supply delivered by Hilscher Note The Evaluation Board NICEB is not suited for use with the NIC 50 REFO In this case use the Evaluation Board NICEB REFO Hilscher article number 1540 020 For the usage of the netlC Fieldbus Communication ICs in connection with the Evaluation Board NICEB special adapters are required The following table shows which adapter is required for which netlC Communication IC netlC Communication IC Suitable Adapter NIC 10 CCS NICEB AIF CC NIC 50 COS NICEB AIF CO NIC 50 DNS NICEB AIF DN NIC 50 DPS NICEB AIF DP Table 8 Suitable Adapters Device Destruction When using the NICEB Evaluation Board with the Fieldbus Versions of the netIC Gateways NIC 10 CCS NIC 50 COS NIC 50 DNS respectively NIC 50 DPS Remove the jumpers X4 on the NICEB Setting the X4 jumpers would cause a short circuit Therefore never use a netlC Fieldbus Communication IC within the NICEB with the Ethernet jumpers X4 set Note For using the NIC50 RE in connection with the Evaluation Board NICEB no adapter is required at all The jumpers X4 must always be set when the NIC 50 RE is mounted within the NIC
81. Cs for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus for Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus 14 Table 8 Suitable Adapters 19 Table 9 Safety Symbols and Sort of Warning or Principle 23 Table 10 Signal Words 24 Table 11 Available Firmware Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus Communication Protocols 29 Table 12 Position of the tag of the netlC devices 32 Table 13 Installation and Configuration Steps for DIL 32 Communication IC Devices of the NIC 50 Series excluding NIC50 REFO 36 Table 14 Installation and Configuration Steps for DIL 32 Communication IC Devices of type NIC 50 REFO39 Table 15 netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC and suitable Adapter NICEB AIF 40 Table 16 Response Time Distribution of netlC Communication IC depending on applied Protocol 49 Table 17 System LED 50 Table 18 Correlation of Signal Names and LED Names in various Fieldbus Systems 50 Table 19 Meaning of Signal Names for LEDs 50 Table 20 LEDs PROFIBUS DP Slave 51 Table 21 LEDs CANopen Slave 52 Table 22 LED State Definition for CANopen Slave for the CAN LED 52 Table 23 LEDs CC Link Slave 53 Table 24 LEDs DeviceNet Slave 54 Table 25 LED State Definition for DeviceNet Slave for the MNS LED 54 Table 26 LED Names for each Real Time Ethernet System 55 Table 27 Meaning of LED Names 59 Table 28 LEDs EtherCAT Slave 56 Table 29 LED State Definition for EtherCAT Slave for the RUN and ERR LEDs 57 Table 30 LEDs EtherNet IP Adapter Slave 58 Table 31 LEDs Open Modbus TCP 59 Table 32 LEDs
82. D See Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 See Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 Status LEDs Switches Push Buttons Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started eee 8 6 24 Description For detailed information Page see section 15 Modbus RTU For performing Modbus RTU communication a Modbus RT U Master is necessary gt As Modbus RTU Master for example the program ModScan32 with costs can be used gt Select the type of serial interface RS232 Host Interface Connector RS422 or RS485 on the evaluation board and Hardware Interface by setting the corresponding jumpers Configuration gt Connect the Modbus RTU Master to the RS232 422 485 host interface of the NICEB with a suitable cable Table 13 Installation and Configuration Steps for DIL 32 Communication IC Devices of the NIC 50 Series excluding NIC50 REFO netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 37 241 4 1 2 Installation and Configuration Steps for DIL 32 Communication ICs of type NIC 50 REFO The following table describes the typical steps to configure a NIC50 REFO using the NICEB REFO Evaluation Board with optical Ethernet interface Description For detailed information Page see section Hardware Installation Installing netlC Communication IC on
83. DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 67 241 12 Data Model 12 1 Structure of the Firmware The netX processor integrated within the netlC Communication IC runs the multitasking Real Time kernel rcX as operating system e The entire software is structured in different tasks running under rcX see Figure 6 below e All tasks are connected with each other by the virtual dual port memory which can be seen as the central component for intercommunication and data exchange between the tasks for instance see Data Image area of illustration below and the next section of this document On the communication side these are the e The Protocol Stack Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus e the Modbus RTU Task for the host communication e and the task managing the synchronous serial input output interface On the other side the gateway task transfers all received and transmitted data cyclically between the different data areas The diagnostic task performs the access at the virtual Dual Port Memory Also the download of a new firmware or configuration files to the netlC Communication IC can be managed by the netX Configuration Tool DIAG Dignostic Port Data mapping Data Image Real Time Kernel Communication Configuration Data Real Time Ethernet SHIF SSIO Serial Host Interface Synchronous Serial IO n X
84. DIO tuf 17 2 vide MM Pigg ah 18 2 1 GelieraliNOle uc eoruin ted a et aces et HI E Louie ed 18 2 2 imended USE T ee 18 2 2 1 Intended Use of the netlC Communication ICs eeeeeseseeeessseee 18 2 2 2 Intended Use of the Evaluation Boards NICEB eeeseseeeeseeeees 19 2 2 3 Intended Use of the Evaluation Boards NICEB REFO ssss 20 2 3 Personel CilITICatOElu ds sdub susce cune an clei und exea E ts ncc teh onc tete c aruda 20 2 4 References Safely asia accept ieu aaa Ea a a ean tae IPs tu MUR LL La a a 20 2 5 Safety Instructions on Personal Injury eseeesseesseeeeeeenernnnnnnn 21 2 5 1 Electrical Shock EazaSrad e druide nue dab Suede du Digne bud n amet 21 2 6 Warhiridgs om Property DaSriade due dao eae eto aded datae udine Sutton ues ET 22 2 6 1 Device Destruction by exceeding the allowed Supply Voltage 22 2 6 2 ElectrostaucDISCnarge seus cp sve pee pat eacduo nav a up gate eeu taa cure Ea MEE UTR EU rupe aM canons 22 2 6 3 Device Damage by Erasing the Firmware or the Files security cfg and ftpuser cfg Within the File System of the netlC Device 23 2 1 Labeling of Safety INStrUCtiONS cccccccecccsecceseceeeeseeeeseeeceeeeeaeeseeessueesaeeseeeeseeesaes 23 3 DESCRIPTION AND IEOQUIFR
85. DP standard Pins 13 to 15 and 19 to 20 belong to the PROFIBUS DP interface of the NIC 50 DPS The assignment of pins to signals is as follows Pin Pin Description PROFIBUS NIC 50 DPS RX TX PB A 8 13 PROFIBUS DP Data line A RX TX PB B PROFIBUS DP Data line B RTS Return To Send Line for line control PB GND ISO_GND Ground for PROFIBUS DP PB 5V VP 6 20 5V power line for PROFIBUS DP Table 87 Pin Assignment PROFIBUS Interface All signals not mentioned here are not connected netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 144 241 R400 21 338 h Ht IS0 5U 3U3 28 C401 18 nV16 GND R403 1 k 2 xM8 108 xMO TX MMIO 1 14 XM _RX MMIO2O 13 xM2 108 MMIOG3 55 TE TIT XMO ECLK MMIOO2 i R404 IL3585 el xM1 RX 2 M1 IOB 19 XM1 ECLK SHEA Figure 49 Plan of PROFIBUS DP Interface of NIC 50 DPS Design Recommendations X1 X1 X1 X1 The NIC 50 DPS can be connected to a 9 pole connector similarly to the design of the NICEB AIF DP adapter see section PROFIBUS DP Adapter NICEB AIF DP of this document The signals and their corresponding pins on the connector are Pin at NIC Pin Description of signal 50 DPS PROFIBUS DP RX Tx 13 PROFIBUS DP Data
86. Data CANopen Slave Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 216 241 18 3 9 CC Link Slave Input data remote device station 112 bytes RY and 256 bytes RWw Output data remote device station 112 bytes RX and 256 bytes RWr Station Types Remote O station Remote device station up to 4 occupied stations Maximum input data 48 bytes Maximum output data 48 bytes Input data remote I O station 4 bytes RY Output data remote I O station 4 bytes RX Input data remote device station 4 bytes RY and 8 bytes RWw per occupied station Output data remote device station Table 149 Technical Data CC Link Slave Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 217 241 18 3 10 DeviceNet Slave Parameter Description Maximum number of cyclic input data 255 bytes Maximum number of cyclic output data 255 bytes Acyclic communication Get_Attribute_Single All Max 240 bytes per request Set Attribute Single All Max 240 bytes per request Connections Poll Change of state Cyclic Bit strobe Explicit messaging Supported Fragmentation Explicit and I O UCMM Not supported Baud rates 125 kBits s 250 kBit s 500 kBit s Auto baudrate detection
87. Definition of Telegram Elements has been extended Added new subsection Modbus Exception Codes Updated subsection Disposal of Waste Electronic Equipment Updated subsection LED DeviceNet Slave Added description of new registers above 5000 in firmware V1 5 x x and higher Added new subsection Design Proposal for a Port Extender Logic for LED Control and Fiber Optics Diagnosis via the I2C Interface of the NIC 50 REFO containing the description of the proposed port extender logic for NIC 50 REFO Added section Update by WebServer Removed anything about CompoNet Added chapter Performance and Response Time Added section Device Damage by Erasing the Firmware or the Files security cfg and ftpuser cfg Within the File System of the netlC Device ith property damage warnings Update of System Requirements for netX Configuration Tool Update of line concerning ts in Table 68 Table 1 List of Revisions netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 9 241 1 2 2 Reference to Hardware Software and Firmware Hardware Contained in adapter plug kit Miser aa Table 2 Reference to Hardware Software Software Software Version netX Configuration Tool Setup V1 0700 x x netX Configuration Tool exe Table 3 Reference to Software netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Tim
88. Diagram The following block diagram illustrates both how to apply the NIC 50 COS and how it is structured internally 3 3V En 32 GND SHIF_RTS Boot z SPI CLK Host SSIO LO E 30 SHIF_TXD SPI_MISO Modbus RTU eria SHIF_RXD Shift see E e SPI MOSI Register for SSIO DI TE 28 DIAG_RXD Diagnostic digital Input IO LI 27 DIAG TXD Configuration and Output eMe 2 G_ SSIO CLK 26 fa GPIO SPI CS Diag Config Mode a FBLED inns E Diag Config 3 3V EJ 24 GND COM LED ERR ju E RUN CON LED Anode red Anode green CANopen E 9 15n E 5 SI m m E Figure 37 NIC 50 COS Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 132 241 13 2 4 2 Pin Assignment NIC 50 COS The schematic illustration shows the pin assignment of the NIC 50 COS 3V3 1 32 GND EUM 2 31 anA Mode m MN 3 30 SPL MISO SP Mode cali ad 4 29 SPI MOS eP Mode SSIO DI 5 28 DIAG RXD SSIO Lin e 27 DIAG TXD soak B B opgong no RESETn 8 25 FBLED Diag Confg 3V3 e 24 GND COM Anode red 10 23 COM Anode green n c 1 22 n c n c j 21 n CAN L IN OUT nc CAN H IN QUT ISO GND 19 CAN GND
89. E EtherCAT Slave NIC 50 RE NHS EtherNet IP Adapter Slave Open Modbus TCP Powerlink Controlled Node PROFINET IO Device Sercos Slave VARAN Client Slave Table 11 Available Firmware Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus Communication Protocols The following preconditions are necessary in order to operate any netlC Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC device within its evaluation board NICEB respectively NICEB REFO successfully 1 The netlC Communication IC device must be mounted correctly in the DIL 32 socket of the NICEB NICEB REFO evaluation board For right orientation see Table 12 Position of the tag of the netlC devices on page 32 2 he power supply delivered together with the evaluation board Supply voltage 24 V has to be connected to the power supply connector of the evaluation board In any case the supply voltage at the evaluation board must not exceed the maximum limit of 30 V see subsection Device Destruction by exceeding the allowed Supply Voltage on page 22 3 The diagnostic interface of the evaluation board has to be connected to a serial interface COM port RS232 of the PC using the cable CAB SRV The cable CAB SRV is delivered together with the evaluation board 4 The netX Configuration Tool has been successfully installed to that PC unless configuration is done via Modbus The requirements for this installation are listed below 5 To use the diagnosis interface a serial de
90. EB Evaluation Board Important Hilscher is not liable for any damage caused by incorrect setting of jumpers usage of an inadequate adapter or an inadequate power supply No CE Sign The Evaluation Board NICEB has only been designed for test use It has no CE sign and it has not been tested regarding its emission and immunity behavior Therefore it is not suited for use in an industrial production environment netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Safety 20 241 2 2 3 Intended Use of the Evaluation Boards NICEB REFO The evaluation board NICEB REFO described in this user manual is a board extending the NIC 50 REFO with all relevant interfaces needed in order to evaluate and test the functionality of the NIC 50 REFO to load the firmware and configuration data and to develop solutions for the integration of the NIC 50 REFO into the intended target environment Also see sections Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System on page 102 and Evaluation Board NICEB HEFO on page 157 Important The Evaluation Board NICEB REFO should only be used in Cb conjunction with the corresponding power supply delivered by Hilscher p Hilscher is not liable for any damage caused by usage of an inadequate power supply gt Note The Evaluation Board NICEB REFO is not suited for u
91. ENENTS 2 5 2 5 eea AT 295 3 1 BI egeue awn 25 a Description of the netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication ICs NIC 50 RE os cco irae tea sees ede H 26 3 1 2 Description of the netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication ICs NIC 50 jog ie eid ieee os Meee 26 3 1 3 Description of the netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication lCs 2f 3 2 oVvsteim ISedgulreriefils 2 ataca eres te et battu ode aide a rns a ote D oes 28 9i Preconditions for Operation of netlC Communication ICs seen enna 28 3 4 Preconditions for Usage of NIC 50 Communication ICs together with Evaluation Boards NICEB respectively NICEB REFO seeeseesseeeeeennn nennen nnns 29 3 4 1 System Requirements for netX Configuration Tool seuesss 30 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 3 241 4 C IENICRNPIqUIr MB e 31 4 1 Steps how to install and configure the netlC Communication IC Devices with the EvalnatoMm Bodl M P 31 4 1 1 Installation and Configuration Steps for DIL 32 Communication ICs of the NIC 50 Series excluding NIC5O REFO cccccccssseeeeeeee
92. Hz 10V 80 Criterion A AM 1kHz for lines gt 3m Table 138 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency NIC 50 DPS netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 206 241 18 2 Technical Data Evaluation Boards 18 2 1 NICEB Power supply Allowed voltage range 9 V 30 V DC 24 V DC recommended Typical current at 24 V Depends on netlC Power adapter plug Contained in delivery Switches pushbuttons Input data 16 DIP switches connected to SSIO signal lines DIO DI15 Pushbuttons For reset boot configuration GPIO LED display Output data 16 LEDs yellow connected to SSIO signal lines DOO DO15 COM communication 1 Duo LED green red status FBLED 1 LED red Interface DIL 32 socket For all netIC types besides the NIC 50 REFO Ethernet interface 2 x RJ45 Bus interface Via Fieldbus Adapter from connector kit NICEB CONKIT Host interface 9 pin D Sub connector RS232 RS422 RS485 configurable by jumpers female connector Diagnostic interface 9 pin D Sub connector For Firmware Download RS232 RS422 RS485 and Configuration configurable by jumpers male connector Serial I O Shift Register 16 x Input and 16x Output on Interface contact strip Dimensions Dimensions L x W x H 100 x 65 x 18 mm without netlC Table 139 Technical Data NICEB ae No CE Sign 9 The Evaluatio
93. I Register 107 must be set to O In this case the baudrate is determined automatically by the netlC the possible upper limit amounts to 1 MHz e The Modbus RTU Address Slave ID can be set via register 108 The allowed range of values extends from 1 to 247 integer values e Register 109 allows setting the SHIF Configuration Flags for more information see Table 51 SHIF Configuration Flags below Description Applicable for SHIF Type EH 0x00000001 PARITY EVEN Modbus RTU UART 0x00000002 PARITY ODD Modbus RTU UART 0x00000004 RTS ON Modbus RTU UART 0x00000010 ENABLE SWAP Modbus RTU UART 0x00000020 INCLUDE CRC AND ADDR Modbus RTU SPI Table 51 SHIF Configuration Flags By default the Modbus RTU parameters are e Slave ID 2 e Baud rate 9600 e Parity EVEN e Stop Bits 1 e Data Bits 8 For more information on setting these registers via Modbus RTU see Application Note Protocol Parameter via Modbus section 3 2 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 85 241 Diagnostic Mapping Very often the master of the network needs some diagnostic information from the connected device Therefore we can map this information in the Output Data image It works as follows The start address in the Output Data Image of the Diagnostic Data and the number are conf
94. IC 50 DNS can be connected to a 5 pole Combicon connector similarly to the design of the NICEB AIF DN adapter see section DeviceNet Adapter NICEB AIF DN of this document The signals and their corresponding pins on the connector are Pin at Pin Description of signal NIC 50 DNS DeviceNet CAN L CAN Data line L 24 V power line for DeviceNet 1 Ground for DeviceNet DN Shield Drain Table 85 DeviceNet Interface of the NIC 50 DNS Signals and Pins You should integrate an RC combination 1MO 15 nF between DN and protective earth and also between DN Drain and protective earth into your design according to the following schematic illustration netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 140 241 EE CAL m CAN H DH ENEN oh it T zt x 1 2 2 1m 15nuioms 1M 2 1 amp nult m m PE Figure 45 Proposal for the Design of the DeviceNet Interface of the NIC 50 DNS netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 141 241 13 2 6 netlC PROFIBUS DP DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 DPS Figu
95. M25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 219 241 18 3 12 Modbus RTU Parameter Description and Value Range Maximum number of input data 999 Registers Maximum number of output data 994 Registers 951 Registers if diagnostic is used Acyclic communication Read Write Register Maximum 125 Registers per Read Telegram FC 3 4 Maximum 120 Registers per Write Telegram FC 16 Read Write Coil Maximum 2000 Coils per Read Telegram FC 1 2 Maximum 1968 Coils per Write Telegram FC 15 Function Codes Modbus Master 1 2 3 4 5 6 15 16 Function Codes Modbus Slave 3 6 16 Baud rates 1200 bit s 2400 bit s 4800 bit s 9600 bit s 19200 bit s 38400 bit s 57600 bit s 115200 bit s Table 152 Technical Data Modbus RTU Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Annex 19 Annex 220 241 19 1 EtherCAT Summary over Vendor ID Conformance Test Membership and Network Logo 19 1 1 Vendor ID The communication interface product is shipped with Hilscher s secondary vendor ID which has to be replaced by the Vendor ID of the company shipping end products with the integrated communication interface End Users or Integrators may use the communication interface product without further modification if they re distribute the interface product e
96. MS Module Status Network Status Bus Status Bus Error esis ror fun dic Table 27 Meaning of LED Names netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 96 241 9 3 2 LED EtherCAT Slave The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the netlC NIC 50 RE device when the firmware of the EtherCAT Slave protocol is loaded to the device STATUS Duo LED red green Name in INIT The device is in state INIT the device off drawing Blinking PRE OPERATIONAL The device is in PRE OPERATIONAL state COM Single Flash SAFE OPERATIONAL The device is in SAFE OPERATIONAL state OPERATIONAL The device is in OPERATIONAL state red Blinking Invalid Configuration General Configuration Error Possible reason State change commanded by master is impossible due to register or object settings red Single Flash Local Error Slave device application has changed the EtherCAT state autonomously Possible reason 1 A host watchdog timeout has occurred Possible reason 2 Synchronization Error device enters Safe Operational automatically d red Double Flash Process Data Watchdog Timeout A process data watchdog timeout has occurred Possible reason Sync Manager Watchdog timeout green Combinations The status of the red and the green LED can be displayed combined red of red a
97. Memory Area 1 Memory Write Integrated 2 port splitter for daisy chain topology Supported Data transport layer Ethernet Il IEEE 802 3 VARAN protocol version 1 1 1 0 Limitations Integrated EMAC for IP data exchange with client application not supported SPI single commands optional feature not supported Memory area 2 is not supported Table 147 Technical Data VARAN Client Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 215 241 18 3 8 CANopen Slave Parameter Description Parameter Beer Exchange of process data Via PDO transfer synchronized remotely requested and event driven change of date SDO upload download Emergency message producer Functions Node guarding life guarding heartbeat PDO mapping NMT Slave SYNC protocol consumer Baud rates 10 kBits s 20 kBits s 50 kBits s 100 kBits s 125 kBits s 250 kBits s 500 kBits s 800 kBits s 1 MBits s Data transport layer CAN Frames CAN Frame type 11 Bit Limitation The netlC gateway is designed for cyclic data exchange PDOs Acyclic communication for user data transfer can only be used if the host application program supports this which means programming effort for the host application program Then SDO upload download and Emergency message producer can be used Table 148 Technical
98. Model 91 241 gt Note However be aware that doing so causes some amount of programming on the side of the Modbus RTU Master 12 5 1 Order of Data Modbus RTU transfers 16 bit values registers in the Motorola format Big Endian First the high byte then the low byte is transferred netlC however uses the Intel format Little Endian Here first the low byte then the high byte of a 16 bit word is stored Therefore the Modbus parameter Swap is by default set to 1 causing an internal swap of low and high bytes At parameters that contain 2 registers the low order part low word of the parameter value is stored first The high order part high word of the parameter value is stored on the following register Example A parameter is located on register addresses 311 and 312 Then the low order part low word of the parameter value is located at register address 311 and the high order part high word of the parameter value is located on register address 312 12 5 2 Sending Packets Packets are divided in a header and the data part The packets are defined within the Protocol API see the according Protocol API Manual for the used protocol stack The header is a reduced part of the rcX packets to simplifier the implementation for the user With the following procedure the Modbus RTU Master can cause the netlC to send response and request packets to its communication partner via Fieldbus or Real Time Et
99. N 14 3 3 1 Photo NICEB AIF DN Figure 69 Photo DeviceNet Adapter NICEB AIF DN 14 3 3 2 Drawing DeviceNet Interface NICEB AIF DN The following drawing shows the DeviceNet Interface CombiCon male Connector 5 pin of the NICEB AIF DN 5 4 3 2 1 Figure 70 DeviceNet Interface CombiCon male Connector 5 pin of NICEB AIF DN Connection with Color Description CombiCon male connector Reference potential DeviceNet power supply CAN High Signal Red o 24 V DeviceNet power supply Table 104 DeviceNet Interface of NICEB AIF DN Blue CAN Low Signal netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netlC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 167 241 14 3 3 3 DeviceNet Interface of NICEB AIF DN The DeviceNet Interface of the NICEB AIF DN has been designed as potential free ISO 11898 interface according to the DeviceNet specification Please ensure that termination resistors with 120 Ohm are available at both ends of the cable COMBI CON female connector COMBI COW female connector Figure 71 DeviceNet Network Further devices can be connected via T stubs to the bus cable The maximum length of all T stubs is 6 m The whole length of the bus cable and all T stubs does not exceed the maximum length listed in the following table There are two different types of cables If both cables types are used within t
100. PC gt Insert the CD delivered with the NICEB or NICEB REFO device to the local CD ROM drive of the PC 4 The GUI of the CD starts gt Start in the menu netX Configuration and Diagnostic Utility the netX Configuration Tool setup program and follow the installation steps according to the instructions on the screen gt Select with the File Explorer netX Configuration Tool of the auto start menu and execute the installation steps according to the instructions on the screen 0 The netX Configuration Tool is installed 6 1 3 Operating Instruction Manual and Online Help 99 A description of the user interface of the configuration program netX Configuration Tool and for configuration and diagnosis of netlC Communication ICs using this tool see the Operating Instruction netX Configuration Tool for netlC Configuration of Real Time Ethernet and fieldbus Communication ICs net IC Configuration by netX Configuration Tool OI XX EN pdf on the netlC CD to your device or on www hilscher com The netX Configuration Tool contains an integrated online help facility To open the online help in netX Configuration Tool click on the Help button or press the F1 key netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Installing Software 46 241 6 2 Uninstalling the netX Configuration Tool To uninstall the netX Co
101. Powerlink Controlled Node Slave 60 Table 33 LED State Definition for Powerlink Controlled Node Slave for the BS BE LED 60 Table 34 LEDs PROFINET IO RT Device 61 Table 35 LEDs Sercos Slave 62 Table 36 LED State Definition for Sercos Slave for the S3 LED 62 Table 37 LEDs VARAN Client 63 Table 38 LED State Definition for VARAN Client for the RUN ERR LED 63 Table 39 Meaning of FBLED 64 Table 40 Mapping of register addresses various Modbus RTU Master 70 Table 41 Register Area 71 Table 42 Possible Values of System Error 73 Table 43 Possible Values of Communication State 74 Table 44 System Information Block 76 Table 45 Returned Value of Firmware Name depending on the loaded Firmware 78 Table 46 Possible Values of Communication Class 79 Table 47 Possible Values of Protocol Class 80 Table 48 System Configuration Block 82 Table 49 Possible Values for the Baud Rate of the Serial I O Shift Register Interface 83 Table 50 Contents of Baudrate Register 84 Table 51 SHIF Configuration Flags 84 Table 52 Predefined IDs 85 Table 53 System Flags 86 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Lists Table 54 Table 55 Table 56 Table 57 Table 58 Table 59 Table 60 Table 61 Table 62 Table 63 Table 64 Table 65 Table 66 Table 67 Table 68 Table 69 Table 70 Table 71 Table 72 Table 73 Table 74 T
102. ROR opecialized use in conjunction with function codes 20 and 21 and reference type 6 to indicate that the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 188 241 extended file area failed to pass a consistency check The server attempted to read record file but detected a parity error in the memory The client can retry the request but service may be required GATEWAY PATH UNAVAILABLE Specialized use in conjunction with gateways indicates that the gateway was unable to allocate an internal communication path from the input port to the output port for processing the request Usually means that the gateway is misconfigured or overloaded GATEWAY TARGET DEVICE Specialized use in conjunction with gateways indicates FAILED TO RESPOND that no response was obtained from the target device Usually means that the device is not present on the network Table 115 MODBUS Exception Codes netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 189 241 16 3 2 Example FC3 Reading of multiple registers with FC3 Read 2 registers beginning with address 10 Seq Direction Datastream Master Slave Status The master send
103. RS INPUT 5 31 3 19 OUTPUT B 31 DB 1e DIB II T DI1 12 DI 13 DIS 14 Di4 4 DIE 4 DIB 5 Be DI ef z SH EB xo D1 74HC185T d GND D2 l RzgND 156 203 pa i f up E H P pes Us Uz Ub US U4 Ur USUI 52 2 1 DB 16 T 2 15 DIS 17 3 14 bIiBH 13 4 puede o STS Coot E B if DIIS 4 7 wa pue DI14 5 raya Plm RE La pus el 5 1 SIG 1 4 3 4 xD pepe 74HC185T dus uc Eger TJ Gea Ca ea E ha ee ed al XE TE a 73 TES T s RG 1 Y P TgzgHD 16 0X ru Hb i i BND yi 43U3 ee 2 2lbeos 4303 om avs U1BUISUI4U13UI12UI1U108 US 45 3B 2B 45 DI1 amp 5 1D DOLE DII ms 7 DIL 12 H5 DI18 Hb 34 GILIG 13 UE BOLY D118 HE ge o o o o pi 14 WE DOLB uec Lu Tee 3 a MEC 3 DI21 4 D029 e a a ERI ER Sem D02 TE g b022 7 bii a ee eee eee A Li sab tel tae pet oe oa ee n o 4HC185T Pte ee Ba cama SERE pres Y a 2 l D4 GND dia Un NOE oo mmi 12 PU RS po 23 1c GND ae GND ae 7D 5 D124 Ab 2H DI24 11 1D G BH mS b024 H5 27 DI25 12 DI2B5 ni nS DI C mS 2B DIZE 13 5 WE DO025 DI 7 Hb 2G DI2 i4 E E DU 2B DI28 5 epp pes DI2B 3 4 WS D027 C129 Ab 23 DI298 4 3 S DOZE ae NE 22 DISD B 2 D029 DIAL Ab 21 EEEEEEN DIZ a 1D 1 mS dm xI tlala slelzi8 A M ks A PSHE 16ST 74HCES4T 3 ae et at 7 mpm Ax Ast taug 3 5 d gig _ goes GNP ug Be GWO B AS RIA R11 Figure 58 Wiring Diagram of the Serial I O Shift Register Interface of the Evaluat
104. RX and TX may be switched The following assignment of pins and signals has been made netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 117 241 Ethernet Channel 0 LINKOn 11 This signal controls the Link LED of Ethernet Port 0 The signal is active low and has to be connected at the cathode of the LED over an appropriate current resistor TX RXOn 12 This signal controls the Transmit Receive or Activity LED of Ethernet Port O The signal is active low and has to be connected at the cathode of the LED over an appropriate current resistor RXNO Differential Ethernet receive line of Port O TXNO Differential Ethernet transmit line of Port O 1 TXPO 6 Ethernet Channel 1 LINK1n 22 This signal controls the Link LED of Ethernet Port 1 The signal is active low and has to be connected at Cathode of the LED over an appropriate current resistor TX RX1n 21 This signal controls the Transmit Receive or Activity LED of Ethernet Port 1 The signal is active low and has to be connected at Cathode of the LED over an appropriate current resistor 20 Differential Ethernet receive line of Port 1 TXN1 Differential Ethernet transmit line of Port 1 Table 72 Pin Assignment Ethernet Interface Design Recommendations For termination of the center ta
105. Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 4 241 1 DATA MODE Er Rae SUM sahen A aAA AMANTES A TE 67 12 1 SUUcture Ol Ne FINBWSEO 5 as T EE RR ialanta tr tee cte uit 67 12 2 Data Model Overview sssessssssessseseeennennennemememnm E nnns 68 12 3 ISegISte AS uos esi pie eset ien sends xtd eee alice msc E Eer to dau AREA 71 12 3 1 System Information BIOGK s Dor avete setate cd dedu d oo Rc E nbus uia 76 12 3 2 System Configuration BIOCK e Ea eu aloe hea 82 12 3 3 VLOA cee eee er e nae due oe mue D 86 12 3 4 Command ACS cada te sere te cnc oe we gence ced aa cee eee 87 12 4 SUMI Dal C RC 88 12 4 1 Data Mapping Cyclic Dat ee resse tunes cos R Rec eR EID PV RO RR CEROURS 88 12 4 2 Data Mapping Open Modbus TCP esseeesssesssseeeeeeeeneennn nennen 89 12 5 ACV SENICE S ate me ms a a iuis Loluedu detta ee arn e uds cum ton 90 12 5 1 Order or Dai msenitun GR mist uaI matecttun ims a eT maser iq 91 12 5 2 Sending PSeketSsiseieiati esee iod bur IT Mb Ete bnt BN Vei IPSNM i Ie I aa 91 12 5 3 Receiving aekels siste Doa bestie Doa E MR lessee ne nla 92 12 5 4 Application Common Servicing of cyclic Input and Output Data and acyclic PMO 4 Dr r rU 93 12 5 5 Example Reception and Acknowledgement of an arriving PROFINET IO Read pice l lg eC Tr 97 12 6 Watchdog FUNCHOM Mc EM 101 13
106. Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 88 241 12 4 Cyclic Data 12 4 4 Data Mapping Cyclic Data The following figure shows The Modbus RTU Master can read data starting with address 41001 using function code 3 These data were received from the connected Real Time Ethernet respectively Fieldbus gt Note The SSIO data are located by default on the first two registers of the il input data area Modbus RTU Master Input Data Register netlC Cyclic Input Data of 4O Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus Read with FC 3 Communication i Figure 9 Register Area Input Data Cyclic Data The following figure shows The Modbus RTU Master can write data starting with address 42003 using function code 16 or 6 These data are sent to the connected Real Time Ethernet respectively Fieldbus Note The SSIO data are located by default on the first two registers of the output data area Changing the default settings for the SSIO offset can be done to make it possible for the Modbus RTU Master to use also register 42001 respectively 42002 to send data to the connected Real Time Ethernet respectively Fieldbus Modbus RTU Master Qutput Data Register netlC 2000 SSIO 2 Bytes Input Dip Switch Cyclic Output Data of 2001 5510 2 Bytes Input lt X5 the Real Time 5003 Ethernet or Fieldbus Communication Write with FC 6 76 Figure 10 Register Area Output
107. SIO Output Offset 0 81 Figure 9 Register Area Input Data Cyclic Data 88 Figure 10 Register Area Output Data Cyclic Data 88 Figure 11 Register Area Input Data Open Modbus TCP 89 Figure 12 Register Area Output Data Open Modbus TCP 89 Figure 13 Location of Data Input and Output Areas and used Registers 90 Figure 14 netlC General Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure 102 Figure 15 Pinning of netlC 103 Figure 16 Proposal for the Design of the Serial Host Interface 107 Figure 17 Proposal for the Design of an SPI Interface for the netlC 108 Figure 18 Proposal for the Design of the Serial Shift IO Interface 109 Figure 19 Timing Diagram of SSIO Interface for Input 110 Figure 20 Timing Diagram of SSIO Interface for Output 111 Figure 21 Proposal for the Design of the Diagnostic Interface LED Signals 112 Figure 22 Photo NIC 50 RE with original Hilscher Heat Sink 114 Figure 23 NIC 50 RE Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure 114 Figure 24 Pinning of NIC 50 RE 115 Figure 25 Proposal for the Design of the Real Time Ethernet Interface of the NIC 50 RE 117 Figure 26 Photo NIC 50 REFO with original Heat Sink 119 Figure 27 NIC 50 REFO Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure 119 Figure 28 Pinning of NIC 50 REFO 120 Figure 29 Proposal for the Design connecting the optical Real Time Ethernet Interface of the NIC 50 REFO with a fiber optical Transceiver 123 Figure 30 Connec
108. Send Packet Identifier This register contains the identifier of the last message sent Send Packet This area contains the last message sent Note The following registers are only supported by the netlC firmware V1 5 x x and higher Reserved area This area is reserved for future use Web Server shared memory with host This area can be used to read and write own data to the virtual DPM It is also accessible read and write via the Web Server integrated into the netlC firmware V1 5 x x and higher Synchronization Register for Web Server shared memory with host This register can be used to synchronize the data access to the Web Server shared memory It is coupled to the system flag SX WRITE IND in the following way e When this register is written the flag SX WRITE IND in the system register will be set e When this register is read the flag SX WRITE IND in the system register will be cleared For more information see Table 53 System Flags on page 86 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 76 241 12 3 1 System Information Block The System Information Block consists of the following elements o ome owen SSS Hardware Compatibility Index e funme Hardware Ontons Chanel 61 89 90 39 Table 44 System Information Block netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet
109. Slave with NIC 50 RE EtherNet IP Adapter Slave with NIC 50 RE Open Modbus TCP Server with NIC 50 RE e Powerlink Controlled Node Slave with NIC 50 RE e PROFINET IO RT Device with NIC 50 RE respectively NIC 50 REFO e Sercos Slave with NIC 50 RE e VARAN Client with NIC 50 RE e CANopen Slave with NIC 50 COS e CC Link Slave with NIC 10 CCS e DeviceNet Slave with NIC 50 DNS e PROFIBUS DP Slave with NIC 50 DPS The netlC Communication ICs may only be used as a part of a communication system as described in chapter Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System of this manual They have exclusively been designed for use in connection with devices connected via serial interface supporting the Modbus RTU protocol on one hand and a communication network listed above on the other hand Typically the netlC Communication ICs are integrated into a host device netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Safety 19 241 2 2 2 Intended Use of the Evaluation Boards NICEB The evaluation board NICEB described in this user manual is a board extending the netlC Communication IC with all relevant interfaces needed in order to evaluate and test the functionality of the netlC Communication IC to load the firmware and configuration data and to develop solutions for the integration of the netlC
110. Tr Acyclic Data 3994 Send Mailbax Command 4000 send Mailbox eat Acyclic Data 4039 5000 Reserved 5999 5000 EE e User Data memory with host User Data 7999 Figure 7 Register Area netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public 69 241 Cyclic Input Data of sercos Communication 200 f Cyclic Output Data of 2002 sercos Communication Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 70 241 shows the Register Area with its different Data Areas The start addresses are fixed while the size of input output and configuration areas depends on the used protocol respectively its configuration The host can read the whole Register Area and write at the specific parts of the Register Area where write access is allowed see most right column of Table 41 on page 71 while only the data at the Realtime Ethernet Input and Output Area are exchanged with the Realtime Ethernet Master similarly for Fieldbus This access is shown in the figure with arrows named Real Time Ethernet cyclic input output data and Real Time Ethernet acyclic data The area for Synchronous Serial Data can be configured in the input respectively output data area System information Network Status and System Status can be mapped into the output data area This is shown in the figure named Data can be mapped into the RTE Fieldbus Output Data The red Da
111. UCUDM igital Outpu Host System 8 o A i e g Valve yes Analog Output Digital Input Analog Input lt a Measurement 3a Si5 H i Wys EtherCAT Ethernet Modbus TCP Powerlink PROFINET SERCOS III Figure 6 Structure of the Firmware of the Realtime Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 RE netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 68 241 12 2 Data Model Overview The Register Area of the serial Host Interface at the virtual Dual Port Memory is the central point connecting all interfaces This Register Area has a fixed structure and is divided in different Data Areas for the e Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus System e the shift registers e and internal Information Configuration and Status structures The Host System can read and if write access is allowed see Table 47 also write at all addresses with different amount of data by using Modbus RTU functions If the host wants to exchange data over Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus the host has to write the data at the corresponding place of the RTE Output Data Area respectively the host has to read it out of the RTE Input Data Area The Data of the synchronous serial Interface are also placed in the Register Area to which the Host Interface has access Should they send over RTE the Gateway Task has to be configured to copy
112. V 80 AM Criterion A to IEC EN 61000 4 6 1995 1kHz 0 15 80MHz 10V 80 Criterion A AM 1kHz for lines gt 3m Table 132 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency NIC 50 COS netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 202 241 18 1 5 NIC 50 DNS NIC 50 DNS Parameter Value DeviceNet communication Supported communication DeviceNet standard firmware DeviceNet interface 125 250 500 kBits s Interface type ISO 11898 potential free Serial interface to host UART RXD TXD RTS Modbus RTU UART Baudrate 1 2 kBit s 2 4 kBit s 4 8 kBit s 9 6 kBit s default rate 19 2 kBit s 38 4 kBit s 5 6 kBit s 115 2 kBit s SPI MOSI SPI MISO SPI CLK SPI CS ES Select Typical value for 100 bit Serial I O Shift Register max 256 8 bit shift registers Interface Output max 256 8 bit shift registers SSIO Baudrate 5000000 Baud Maximum Diagnostic Interface UART RXD TXD Display LED Display SYS System Status SYS System Status Status Pins available with signals for external LEDs Module network is FBLED Power supply Voltage 3 3V 596 DC Current at 3 3 V typically 370 mA Power Consumption appr 1 2 W Table 133 Technical Data NIC 50 DNS Part 1 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25
113. able 75 Table 76 Assignment of LED Signals to the pins of the Microchip Technology MCP23008 Table 77 Table 78 Table 79 Table 80 Table 81 Table 82 Table 83 Table 84 Table 85 Table 86 Table 87 Table 88 Table 89 Table 90 Table 91 Table 92 Table 93 Table 94 Table 95 Table 96 Table 97 Table 98 Table 99 Table 100 Table 101 Table 102 Table 103 Table 104 Table 105 Table 106 Table 107 Table 108 Table 109 Command Flags MODBUS function code 23 for servicing cyclic data MODBUS function code 16 for writing the Register Application Packet Modbus function code 3 for reading out acyclic input data Modbus function code 16 for writing the Read Response Packet MODBUS function code 16 for writing the Register Application Packet Register Application Packet Register Set containing Data from Register Application Packet Modbus function code 16 for writing the Read Response Packet Modbus function code 16 for writing the Read Response Packet Pinning of netlC Pin Assignment serial Host Interface Pin Assignment SPI Interface Pins Serial Shift IO Interface Minimum typical and maximum Values in SSIO Interface Timing Diagram Pin Assignment Diagnostic Interface Explanation of LED Signals Pinning of NIC 50 RE Pin Assignment Ethernet Interface Pinning of NIC 50 REFO Pin Assignment optical Ethernet Interface Pin Assignment I2C interface of the NIC50 REFO Pinning of NIC 10 CCS Pin Assignmen
114. again we recommend always to read the highest addresses at first and the lower addresses later on As the last area of memory read the area beginning with address 2994 Received Packet Command The address 2994 should always be read within the last read access as earlier reading of address 2994 would cause premature deactivation of the protection of the input mailbox against overwriting from outside Note This step needs to be performed only once for initialization Take care of the detailed explanations at step 2 5 Send Read Response Packet When an incoming Read Indication Packet is received a Read Response Packet needs to be send as response This can be accomplished as follows In order to check whether sending of packets is currently possible evaluate the current value of system flag TX MBX FULL Register 999 Bit 5 This needs to be O if sending of packets is currently available If this is the case the packet can be sent using the MODBUS function code for writing FC 16 Table 58 shows the necessary reduced packet header for this purpose netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 96 241 MODBUS FC 16 Value Example Device Address Modbus Device Address The device address with which the NIC50 RE has been configured via either the netX Configuration Tool or E Function FuncionCode W
115. and elements listed hereafter 1 A header area containing the Select Network and Language Bar and the Device Identification 2 The Navigation Area area on the left side including the menu buttons Configuration and Diagnostic and depending on the device additional menu buttons at the lower side of the navigation area The Dialog Pane main area on the right side The general buttons OK Cancel Apply Help The Status Bar containing information e g the online state of the netX Configuration Tool Select Network and Language Bar Device Identification Navi gation Dialog Pane Area Configuration Diagnostic OK Cancel Apply Help Status Bar Figure 2 Dialog Structure of netX Configuration Tool netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 33 241 4 1 1 Installation and Configuration Steps for DIL 32 Communication ICs of the NIC 50 Series excluding NIC50 REFO In order to configure a netlC Communication IC an Evaluation Board is required For the NIC50 REFO the NICEB REFO Evaluation Board is required all other NIC50 types can be configured with the NICEB Step 1 Hardware Installation netlC all models but NIC 50 REFO on Evaluation Board The following table describes the typical steps to configure a netlC Communication IC all models except NIC50 REFO using the NICEB
116. annel 0 CH 0 Sockel f r netlC DIL 32 X1 Tat HI Ethernet RJ45 Buchse X50 Socket for netlC DIL 32 X1 arara WO OF C Kanal 0 CH 0 Taster f r Konflguratlon T3 Boot T2 und Reset T1 Spannungsversorgung X100 Power Supply X100 Push Button for Conflguratlon T3 Boot T2 and Reset T1 Jumper Konfiguration Hardware Schnittstelle X6 X7 X8 Jumper Hardware Interface Configuration X6 X7 X8 RS232 Diagnostic Interface DSub female Connector X3 9 pin RS232 422 485 Host Interface RS232 DI Schnittstell Dau tor X2 9 pi agnose Schnlttstelle ub male Connector pin DSub Buchse X3 9 polig FB LED LED rot red RS232 422 485 Host Schnittstelle COM LED rot gr n red areen DSub Stecker X2 9 polig Figure 51 Device Drawing NICEB netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 147 241 14 1 2 Jumpers X4 X6 X8 The Evaluation Board NICEB has 8 jumpers X4 8 jumpers adjacently und X6 X8 3 single jumpers see photo below D d HB BEHEER dee AY I TAE F bod TT naan Ft zeo e L F np F j Bin rate C i c ll T ga B s CL C L3 La n E IR x t2 Figure 52 Photo of Evaluation Board NICEB with Positions of Jumpers X4 X6 X8 Orig
117. ansport framing serial or TCP is defined as lt FC gt lt DATA gt Function code Data By default the serial telegram Framing Address CRC is omitted due to performance reasons This reduces effort at the SPI Master and the SPI Slave when processing the telegrams as no CRC calculation is performed Also the protocol overhead is reduced Optionally the transmission of the CRC checksum can be configured see Figure 80 Modbus RTU Configuration Page in netX Configuration Tool Parameter Frame Format at page 185 Contrary to the Modbus specification Modbus via SPI does not return the number of the read or written registers as byte count in a byte within the response telegram but as number of the read or written registers within two bytes There the MSB format applies netlC supports the following Modbus function codes via SPI e 03 Read Multiple Holding Register e 16 Write Multiple Holding Register e 23 Read Write Multiple Holding Register Definition of Telegram Elements Telegram Length of Range of Values Example hex Element Element lt FC gt Function Code 1 byte 3 16 23 dec lt 03 gt lt 03 gt lt 10 gt lt 17 gt hex lt REG gt Register address 2 bytes 0 4999 dec or lt 00 gt lt 0A gt address starts with 0 see lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 13 gt lt 87 gt Figure 7 Register Area hex Register count 2 bytes lt 00 gt lt 02 gt Table 114 Definition of Telegram Elements
118. branches to the bus cable only with the baud rates 156 kbps and 625 kbps The maximum length of all T stubs is 8 m The whole length of the bus cable and all T branches does not exceed the maximum length listed in the following table Minimum Distance Between two devices a minimum distance is to be kept Distance between CC Link CC Link cable V1 00 CC Link cable V1 10 devices Remote device to next 0 3 m or more 0 2 m or more remote device Remote device to next 1 m or more 0 2 m or more Master and or intelligent device Table 100 Minimum distance between two devices netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 164 241 14 3 2 CANopen Adapter NICEB AIF CO 14 3 2 1 Photo NICEB AIF CO Figure 66 Photo CANopen Adapter NICEB AIF CO 14 3 2 2 Drawing of CANopen Interface NICEB AIF CO The following drawing shows the CANopen interface D Sub male connector 9 pole of the NICEB AIF CO 12345 Figure 67 CANopen Interface DSub male connector 9 pin of NICEB AIF CO Connection with Description DSub male connector CAN L CAN Low Bus Line CAN GND CAN Ground CAN H CAN High Bus Line Table 101 CANopen Interface of NICEB AIF CO netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released
119. bus RTU UART Baudrate 1 2 kBit s 2 4 kBit s 4 8 kBit s 9 6 kBit s default rate 19 2 kBit s 38 4 kBit s 57 6 kBit s 115 2 kBit s SPI MOSI SPI MISO SPI CLK SPI CS Chip Select Typical value for 100 bit Transmission mode Baudrate Maximum 5000000 Baud Diagnostic Interface UART RXD TXD Table 121 Technical Data NIC 50 HE Part 1 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 194 241 NIC50 RE j Paameer vau 50 RE Parameter Value Display LED Display SYS EE Status external LEDs COM Communication status Communication COM Communication status Ethernet Suiits status Ethemet link status Power supply 3 33 V 5 DC Current at 3 3 V typically 400 mA Power Consumption appr 1 3 W Environmental conditions Ambient temperature depending on used heat sink range for operation NIC 50 RE with original 70 C Hilscher heat sink NIC 50 RE with heat sink 70 C with Rin 7 K W NIC 50 RE with Hilscher 20 60 C defined PCB heat sink Ambient temperature 40 85 C range for storage Humidity range 85 relative humidity non n condensing Device Dimensions L x W x H 42 x 21 x 14 2 mm without pins 42 x 21 x 17 4 mm including pins ProtecionGiass CISPR 11 Class A Immunity according to IEC EN 61000 4 1995
120. cEn elt TE 53 9 2 5 LED DeviceNet SIaVO uineas ge oto tao e wes tema a uus ce iaaa dut de 54 9 3 LED Real Time Ethernet Systems cccccccceccceececececeeeeseeseaeeseeessueeseeesegeesaeeeees 55 9 3 1 LED Names for each Real Time Ethernet System eseessssuss 55 9 3 2 LED EtherCA F Slaves einen een ete wae aie Bi 56 9 3 3 LED EtherNet IP Adapter Slave ccccccccccssseeccceseeceesseeceeeseeeseaseeesseneeesseaes 58 9 3 4 LED Open ModbUs TOPs ete Dt ter ento eine edad titt be duct ates cos itr eel 59 9 3 5 LED Powerlink Controlled Node Slave seseeeeeeeneeeeen 60 9 3 6 LED PROEINET IO ISI DeVviIGB ito ande ei a Remo edle tuts 61 9 3 7 LED SST COS SIA T Gia thee 62 9 3 8 LED VARAN Client Slave ie ne Bodas Ree eats ie etr aa eaaa lean SOR 63 9 4 LEDS Of iie Eval a ton Boards eure deae bes nescio tubo poeta Betas x vetoo veter tocbesd apes tout de 64 9 4 1 polzbeec m 64 9 4 2 Output LEDS DOO DO TS a asumido ERE na e eut i n 64 10 TROUBELEESROOTN Ic 65 11 UPDATING THE FIRMWARE OF THE NETIC DIL 32 COMMUNICATION IC 66 11 1 Update by netX Configuration TOol cccccccccseccceseceececeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeeseneeses 66 11 2 Update by WebServer MEE OTT IDE 66 11 3 Update with ComproxX Utility mesedia e on i d re e ret eo 66 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for
121. ccording to IEC EN 61000 4 4 1995 Surge voltage according 1 2 kV Communication Criterion A to IEC EN 61000 4 5 1995 lines Table 129 Electrical Immunity to Interference NIC 10 CCS netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 200 241 18 1 4 NIC 50 COS communication Data transport CANopen communication Supported communication CANopen standard firmware CANopen interface Transmission rate 10 kBits s to 1 MBit s Interface type ISO 11898 potential free Serial interface to host UART RXD TXD RTS Modbus RTU UART Baudrate 12 kBit s 2 4 kBit s 4 8 kBit s 9 6 kBit s default rate 19 2 kBit s 38 4 kBit s 57 6 kBit s 115 2 kBit s Control by RTS signal SPI MOSI SPI MISO SPI CLK SPI CS Chip Select SPI Clockrate Maximum SPI Transmission rate Typical value for 100 bit Serial I O Shift Register max 256 8 bit shift registers Interface n E Output max 256 8 bit shift registers SSIO Baudrate 5 000 000 Baud Maximum Diagnostic Interface UART RXD TXD Display LED Display SYS System Status Pins available with signals for external LEDs CAN CANopen status FBLED Power supply Voltage 3 3V 596 DC Current at 3 3 V typically 330 mA Power Consumption appr 1 1 W 20 Environmental conditions Ambient temperature range for operation NIC 50 COS witho
122. ce RS232 RS422 or RS485 on the evaluation board by setting the corresponding jumpers gt Connect the Modbus RTU Master to the RS232 422 485 host interface of the NICEB REFO with a suitable cable 39 241 See Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 See Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 Status LEDs Switches Push Buttons Host Interface Connector and Hardware Interface Configuration 149 158 Table 14 Installation and Configuration Steps for DIL 82 Communication IC Devices of type NIC 50 REFO netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 40 241 4 2 Mounting the Adapter NICEB AIF A suitable adapter NICEB AIF is required for the usage of NIC10 CCS NIC50 COS NIC 50 DNS and NIC 50 DPS with the Evaluation Board NICEB The following table shows which adapter is required for which DIL 32 Communication IC module netlC Suitable Adapter NIC 10 CCS NICEB AIF CC NIC 50 COS NICEB AIF CO NIC 50 DNS NICEB AIF DN NIC 50 DPS NICEB AIF DP Table 15 netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC and suitable Adapter NICEB AIF These adapters are only available in the netlC Evaluation Board Connector Kit NICEB CONKIT Hilscher article number 1541 001 as a set of one of each type mentioned in Table 15 netlC Fieldbus DIL 32
123. ce can be implemented using the pins of the SHIF 29 to 31 and additionally pin 26 which is usually applied for GPIO In this case the following pin descriptions apply Sg Pm Dein SPI CS 26 In SPI Mode this pin represents the Chip Select Signal of the SPI interface of the NIC 50 Logically O active This line is often denominated as SS CS or STE at SPI meaning S ave Select Chip Select and Slave Transmit Enable respectively 29 SPI MOSI In SPI Mode this pin represents the MOSI Signal Master out Slave in of the SPI interface of the NIC 50 i e the input data line of the SPI interface of the netlC This line is often denominated as SDI Serial Data In SPI MISO In SPI Mode this pin represents the MISO Signal Master in Slave out of the SPI interface of the NIC 50 i e the output data line of the SPI interface of the netlC This line is often denominated as SDO Serial Data Out SPI CLK In SPI Mode this pin represents the serial clock signal of the SPI interface of the NIC 50 This line is often denominated as SCK Serial Clock Table 66 Pin Assignment SPI Interface The following is a proposal for the Design of an SPI Serial Peripheral Interface using the pins of the netlC s serial host interface Figure 17 Proposal for the Design of an SPI Interface for the netlC NOTICE Device Destruction The 220 Q resistor in the CLK line of the SPI interface is r
124. ch is approved for PROFIBUS DP Make a solid connection from the cable shield to ground at every device and make sure that there is no potential difference between the grounds at the devices If the NIC50 DPS device is linked with only one other device on the bus they must be at the ends of the bus line The reason is that these devices must deliver the power supply for the termination resistors Otherwise the Master can be connected at any desired position Erstes Ger t Letztes Gerat First device Last device VP 6 vP RxD TxD P RxD TxD P RxD TxD N RxD TxD N 5 DGND DGND Figure 74 PROFIBUS DP Network Up to 32 PROFIBUS devices can be connected to one bus segment If several bus segments are linked to each other with repeaters there can be up to 127 devices on the network netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netlC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 171 241 The maximum length of a bus segment depends on the baud rate used see Table 109 PROFIBUS Segment Length in Dependence of the Baud Rate on page 171 Baud rate in Max distance kBit s ss om m2 1200m 71 200 mf ES ui 187 5 1 000 m 500 EM EM 400 m om m wm m Table 109 PROFIBUS Segment Length in Dependence of the Baud Rate Only PROFIBUS certified cable preferably the cable ty
125. ctivating the SPI Mode Please take the following into account Important If the SPI Mode is activated the support of the integrated serial I O Shift Register Interface Pins 3 to 7 of the netlC is limited to update frequencies of up to approximately 500 Hz For many fast digital I O applications this update frequency is not sufficient Consequently simultaneous operation of SPI and fast digital I O applications is not possible at the netlC However after deactivation of the SPI Mode the integrated Serial Shift IO Interface will immediately be available with full performance Ch Important It is not required to hold down the CS signal to LOW all the time during the entire request poll response cycle The Chip Select signal CS can be released and selected later again in order to poll for the response This allows the host to provide services to other SPI circuits while the netlC processes the request 16 2 2 Activating the SPI Mode You can activate the SPI Mode via the netX Configuration Tool netX Configuration Tool gt n netX Configuration Tool switching to SPI Mode is done by selecting the option SPI Mode 3 instead of RS232 RS422 or RS485 within the combo box of the parameter Interface Type in the Modbus RTU Configuration Page of the netX Configuration Tool This combo box is displayed in opened state in Figure 79 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Rev
126. cucucssocus atquo s amata ec unice hea et UE aq aS cs ccu s MED e EE 147 14 1 3 owlitches Push BUltO is 356 toot ida UE Sr HUE nri A o b CH BU 148 14 1 4 SAUS L pc PO 149 14 1 5 COMMS CIO S a suse snrtbe tudin bets S sues S oru rac qst 150 14 2 Evaluation Board NICEB REPO soiissecisent cxt o sen eo tier elato tete Evi ER exea 157 14 2 1 Device Photo Evaluation Board NICEB REFO eeeeeeeesseeess 157 14 2 2 Jumpers X6 X9 J70 J71 ee en ee de to Ct ate op anu tin 158 14 2 3 owltches Push BUILOFIS 5 Sake i eee rte eee ies 158 14 2 4 wit lia LEDS E eee 159 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 5 241 14 2 5 GONMEGCIONS nsus a tpl toate acetates soba aaa a 159 14 3 Adapter NICEB AIF for Fieldbus Connection cccccccecceeceeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeees 161 14 3 1 CC Link Adapter NICEB AIP QG 5e nut ette reet poeni sabati de I aiU ME 161 14 3 2 CANopen Adapter NICEB AIF CO cccccccccseccececeeeeeeseeesesseeeeseeeeseneessaeees 164 14 3 3 DeviceNet Adapter NICEB AIF DN cccccseeccecceseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeseesecesseeeeeeeas 166 14 3 4 PROFIBUS DP Adapter NICEB AIF DP eeeeseeeeeernrn nn 169 19 COMMUNICATION sascastsasscasbaassanshecasaaahostsnaabsatoneabaa repe d vine Wr RM
127. cyclically these data The start address is configured with the netX Configuration Tool If internal Information and Status data should be available for a RTE Controller Fieldbus Controller they must also copied from the corresponding Register Area into RTE Output Area This is also configurable and done by the cyclic Gateway Task When the netlC Communication IC device works as a Modbus RTU Slave the Modbus RTU Master can read with function code 3 from the register area and write with function code 16 into the register area of the netlC Communication IC device Using function code 3 during one single access at maximum 125 Modbus registers can be addressed using function code 16 120 Modbus registers can be addressed during one single access at maximum netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model SHIF Serial Host Interface Modbus RTU OO r 0029 system Information 0100 0198 System Configuration 0200 Data can be mapped A399 Network Status into the Output Dota 0300 Network Configuration J987 J988 System and Command 0998 Status and Error 099 1000 Con Control 1001 trol 1002 Input Data 1999 Command Flags 2000 Connection Control Output Data System Status Error configurable Output Data 2994 Recerve Mailbox Status 3000 Receive Mailbox
128. d switch it on again Adhere of the commissioning rules of the supplier of the device Check whether the device behaves normally Step 6 Obey to the disposal rules explained below 17 2 Disposal of Waste Electronic Equipment According to the European Directive 2002 96 EG Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE waste electronic equipment may not be disposed of as household waste As a consumer you are legally obliged to dispose of all waste electronic equipment according to national and local regulations x Waste Electronic Equipment his product must not be treated as household waste This product must be disposed of at a designated waste electronic equipment collecting point netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 193 241 18 Technical Data 18 1 Technical Data netlC DIL 32 Communication ICs 18 1 1 NIC 50 RE NIC 50 RE Parameter Communication controller Ethernet communication Supported Real Time Saisie communication determined by the loaded Ethernet interface Transmission rate 100 MBit s 10 MBit s depending on loaded firmware Interface type 100 BASE TX isolated 10 BASE T depending on loaded firmware Half duplex Full duplex supported at 100 MBit s Auto Negotiation depending on firmware Serial interface to host UART RXD TXD RTS Mod
129. dbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System Pin Assignment NIC 50 RE 13 2 1 2 115 241 The schematic illustration shows the pin assignment of the NIC 50 RE 33 BOOTn SSlO LOn ssIO DO sol DI S510 Lin ool CLA RESETn 5 COM Anode red LINKOn TAX RXDn RAND Figure 24 Pinning of NIC 50 RE _ 6 2 E 4 5 5 E 5 9 10 D E Power LED LED LED IN OUT IOUT IN OUT IOUT GND LED LED LED IN OUT IN OUT IOUT IOUT umi umi E F E e LO C GND SHIF RTS SPI CLK SPI Mode SHIF TXD SPI MISO SPI Moda SHIF EXD SFL MOSI SFI Mode DiAds RXD DIAG TXD GPIO Diag Config Mode oaP C5 SPI Mada FBLED Diag Config Mode GND COM Anode green LINK1n TARA In RINT RXFP1 TXN1 TXP1 The pins marked blue are the standard pins which do not depend from the Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus system The red pins are used for LED signals The white pins depend on the communication system netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 116 241 The following table explains
130. e e Signal 25 belongs to the FBLED e Signals 26 switches between SHIF Mode and SPI Mode netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 105 241 13 1 2 Power Supply The netlC Communication IC is a complete system which needs only a 3 3V power supply to operate The small SYS LED at the lower left corner of the module indicates the current system status of the module The core supply voltage the clock and a defined reset signal at power up for the netX 10 netX 50 is generated internally Power supply and ground should be connected at the shortest distance to the power and ground Plane of the host system We suggest one ceramic capacitor with 10 uF X5R X7R between the pins for decoupling the power supply 13 1 3 Host Interface 13 1 3 1 Reset Signal The reset signal RESETn can be used to reset the netlC from the host controller over a push button manually or at power up from a power supervisor chip If this is not necessary it can be left open A push button can be connected directly to ground without any external debounce circuit NOTICE Device Destruction The reset signal RESETn is not compatible to a voltage of 5 V A higher voltage than 3 3 V 5 may cause damage at the netlC Communication IC 13 1 3 2 Boot Signal
131. e 156 241 Ab 03u3 RE RR m LOA LA SAL cen 25200 LINK RR l SN Ki 1 A P vellow A v 1 T sa a y TX Hx P R51 Ethernet LEA 2 XJ mu TXPO a mam TXN A RXPO en XNO R NC PE XS raus 1 B A 9B i 7 lt een Jke 2270 LES Meer TX RX R51 Ethernet Figure 60 Wiring Diagram of the Ethernet Interface of the Evaluation Board NICEB netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 157 241 14 2 Evaluation Board NICEB REFO Device Photo Evaluation Board NICEB REFO 14 2 1 Digital Input Sliding Switches Connector for additional digital Inputs and Outputs Socket for netiC DIL 32 Push Button for Configuration Push Button for Boot Push Button for Reset Jumper Hardware Interface Configuration X6 Jumper Hardware Interface Configuration X7 Jumper Hardware Interface Configuration X8 The evaluation board has a DIL 32 socket for one netlC Communication IC NIC 50 REFO and all interfaces required to evaluate its functions In detail these are E Two fiber optic transceivers and LINK ACTIVITY LED RS232 diagnostic interface with DSUB 9 pin connector for loading the firmware and configuration RS232 RS422 or RS485 Host Interface configurable by jumpers wit
132. e the packet can be sent using the MODBUS function code for writing FC 16 Here the reduced packet header MODBUS FC 16 Function Code Write multiple registers 160 Data Address Write Offset of first register to A be written Data Count Write Number of registers to 52 n be written Data to be written follow Response data here Table 62 Modbus function code 16 for writing the Read Response Packet The registers 3994 Send Packet Command 3996 Send Packet Error Code 3998 Send Packet Size and 3999 Send Packet Identifier and all registers of the Read Response Packet must have been set accordingly when sending the Read Response Packet See subsequent table netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 100 241 3994 Send Packet Command Unsigned integer Ox1F37 32 bit 3996 Send Packet Error Unsigned integer X Code 32 bit 3998 Send Packet Size Unsigned integer 40 n n O Data 16 bit length in Byte 3999 Send Packet Identifier Unsigned integer Packet ID 16 bit 4000 Record handle Unsigned integer Take over from 32 bit received Read Indication Packet 4002 Device handle Unsigned integer Take over from 32 bit received Read Indication Packet 4004 Sequence number Unsigned integer Take over from 32 bit received Read Indication Packet 4006 API to be read Unsigned integer Take over from 3
133. e Drawing NIC 50 REFO top side below on this page displays the front side of NIC 50 REFO without any heat sink SS EE L Li Ll CY i Co x Np C 2 e m e Fd E SEEN ad E ac Figure 84 Device Drawing NIC 50 REFO top side 19 4 4 Device Drawing NIC 10 CCS The drawing in the figure below displays the front side NIC 10 CCS without any heat sink T e E SDRAM64x16 7 E a as AO oo gt l hi Figure 85 Device Drawing NIC 10 CCS top side netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Annex 226 241 19 4 5 Device Drawing NIC 50 COS The drawing in Figure 86 Device Drawing NIC 50 COS top side below on this page displays the front side NIC 50 COS without any heat sink a i Figure 86 Device Drawing NIC 50 COS top side MIRI netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 227 241 Annex 19 4 6 Dev
134. e Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 10 241 Firmware Protocol Firmware Stack For Version Version Hardware NICMBECS NXF EtherCAT Slave 1 5 x or higher 2 5 34 0 NIC 50 RE NICMBEIS NXF EtherNet IP Adapter 1 5 x or higher 2 7 14 0 NIC 50 RE NICMBOMB NXF Open Modbus TCP 1 5 x or higher 2 5 11 0 NIC 50 RE NICMBPLS NXF POWERLINK Controlled 1 5 x or higher 2 1 42 0 NIC 50 RE Node NICMBPNS NXF PROFINET IO Device with 1 5 x or higher 3 4 142 0 NIC 50 RE FSU support NICPNSFO NXF PROFINET IO Device with 1 5 x or higher 3 4 142 0 NIC 50 FSU support REFO NICMBS3S NXF Sercos Slave f 5xorhigher 3 1 19 0 NIC 50 RE NICMBVRS NXF VARAN Client Slave 1 5 x or higher 1 0 4 0 NIC 50 RE NICMBCCS NXF CC Link Slave 1 5 x or higher 2 9 2 0 NIC 10 CCS NICMBCOS NXF CANopen Slave 1 5 x or higher 3 6 3 0 NIC 50 COS NICMBDNS NXF DeviceNet Slave 1 5 x or higher 2 3 23 0 NIC 50 DNS NICMBDPS NXF PROFIBUS DP Slave 1 5 x or higher 2 7 2 0 NIC 50 DPS Table 4 Reference to Firmware Note netX Configuration Tool V1 0700 x x requires firmware version 1 5 x x for correct operation When updating to netX Configuration Tool V1 0700 x x you also have to update the firmware to V1 5 x x and vice versa When updating the firmware to V1 5 x x a new configuration must be made and transferred This can be accomplis
135. e correct orientation of the netlC when inserting into the DIL 32 socket The tag on the socket and the one on the netlC must match see Table 12 Position of the tag of the netlC devices on page 32 If the evaluation board is oriented with the red switches on top as shown in the photos you will find the tag on the left side of the DIL 32 socket Your NICEB Evaluation Board should now look like the left picture in the respective picture row in Figure 5 NICEB with Adapter on page 42 The order in is as follows CANopen CC Link DeviceNet and PROFIBUS DP The evaluation board NICEB is now mounted completely netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 42 241 NICEB with mounted 3 NICEB AIF CO NICER with mounted MICEB AIF CC MICEB with mounted NICEB AIF DIM NICER with mounted MICEB AIF DP Figure 5 NICEB with Adapter netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Installing the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC 43 241 5 Installing the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC 5 1 Installation of netlC Communication IC into the Target Environment For the installation of the netlC Communication IC into its target environment respectively the device into which the netlC C
136. e discussed in the manuals describing the according protocols If the communication channels are in secure state by triggering of the watchdog Modbus RTU communication remains in operation Leaving the watchdog state is only possible by a reset This may happen either by a hardware reset or a software reset in which the master sets the corresponding reset flag in command register Register Address 1999 Watchdog times for the Field bus and the synchronous serial interface are separately configurable within the netX Configuration Tool Therefore the response time of the host application must be less than the lower of the watchdog time of both interface netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 102 241 13 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System This chapter describes how to integrate the netlC Communication ICs into a host system The design in process can be divided into two steps one concerning the signals and interfaces which are identical at all netlC Communication ICs and one concerning those signals and interfaces depending on the chosen netlC hardware and varying from module to module Reflecting this the documentation of the design in process is also divided into the two basic section
137. e green n c n 22 n c n c 12 21 n t Rx Tx N PB A PB 5V Rx Tx P PB B PE GND PB RTS n c n c n c Figure 48 Pinning NIC 50 DPS e Pins marked in white are specific to PROFIBUS DP e Pins marked in light blue are common to all netlC Communication ICs e Pins marked in red are used for LED signals or not used netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 143 241 The following table explains the assignment of pins and signals and also provides the direction and the meaning of these signals Pin Signal Direction Explanation ML Netconmectes Pf Neemewd Pd Netconnect 0000000 Pi Notconnectes O Pd Notcomnectes PEGND __ Profibus Ground Pin of connector NE 0 Notconnectes Neemed Table 86 Pinning of NIC 50 DPS The signals can be grouped as follows e Signals 13 14 19 and 20 belong to the PROFIBUS DP Interface e Signals 10 and 23 belong to various LEDs 13 2 6 3 The PROFIBUS DP Interface of the NIC 50 DPS Interface Description The NIC 50 DPS provides a single PROFIBUS DP interface for the connection with a PROFIBUS DP Master The PROFIBUS DP interface is designed as potential free RS 485 interface All electric signals are conforming to the PROFIBUS
138. e has not completed the Dup MAC D test yet The device is powered but the network power is missing Table 24 LEDs DeviceNet Slave LED State Definition for DeviceNet Slave for the MNS LED Indicator state Definition a The indicator is constantly on The indicator is constantly off edu 1 Hz The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of appr 1 Hz green on for appr 500 ms followed by off for appr 500 ms Flashing 1 Hz The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of appr 1 Hz red on for appr 500 ms followed by off for appr 500 ms Table 25 LED State Definition for DeviceNet Slave for the MNS LED netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 55 241 9 3 LED Real Time Ethernet Systems 9 3 1 LED Names for each Real Time Ethernet System LED lines are configured to the corresponding Real Time Ethernet system Pin name LED Names for NICEB Evaluation Boards NICEB 23 STA LED COM green red therCAT E S Modbus TCP t PROFINET IO 10 ERR green duo red EE 11 LINKOn Ethernet LINK LA LINK LINK LA LINK Connectors 22 LINK1n Ethernet LA OUT LINK LA LINK LINK LA LINK Connectors A TXRX1n ACT ACT ACT o di gt a C OD EN n r ps Table 26 LED Names for each Real Time Ethernet System SF System Failure Communication Status BE Bus Failure
139. e in order to be executed A coil in the meaning defined by Modbus terminology is a single bit in memory that can be accessed i e read or write via Modbus A tool used for loading the firmware into the netlC using the Boot loader The program is delivered on the product CD of the netlC Cyclic Redundancy Check A mathematic procedure for calculating checksums based on polynomial division in order to detect data transmission errors For a more detailed description see the Wikipedia article http en wikipedia org wiki Cyclic redundancy check Device Description File Device Description File EDS file A file containing configuration information about a device being a part of a network that can be read out by masters for system configuration Device Description Files use various formats which depend on the communication system Often these formats are based on XML such as EDS files or GSDML files Contains configuration information A special kind of Device Description File used by Ethernet netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Glossary EtherCAT Ethernet EtherNet IP Ethernet Powerlink FSU Full duplex Function code GPIO GSDML file Half duplex Hub 231 241 A communication system for industrial Ethernet designed and developed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH A networking tec
140. e of the options RS232 RS422 or RS485 in the combo box Interface Type Then the SPI Mode will be deactivated and the serial interface will continue to operate in the usual manner Also there will no longer be a performance deterioration of the Serial Shift IO Interface netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 186 241 16 3 MODBUS Protocol via SPI Usually the Modbus RTU protocol is transferred via a serial interface where the protocol is based on the request confirmation concept The Modbus RTU Master sends a request and within a given time the Modbus RTU Slave will answer This is an asynchronous process as the slave can send to the master at any time as long as the response time limit is obeyed This is not possible with the SPI protocol as the SPI Master is the only active bus participant The slave can only send data to the master when it also receives data from the master Nevertheless the netlC offers a mode allowing to transmit the Modbus RTU protocol via SPI This requires polling of the slave by the master 16 3 1 Definition of Protocol Modbus via SPI At transmission via SPI the Modbus RTU protocol is used in a somewhat modified manner The format of the Modbus RTU telegrams is commonly known and very simple The pure Modbus telegram without tr
141. e positive Transmit line negative Receive line positive Receive line negative Ground over 100 Q resistor Transmit line Receive line Return To Send line Ground over 100 O resistor Table 92 Configuration of Hardware Interface to Host depending on Jumper Settings netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 152 241 RS485 interface with always active receiver RS485 interface with RTS controlled receiver line RS422 interface with always active transmit line no RTS control RS422 interface with RTS controlled transmit line The schematic illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the serial host interface of the evaluation board Hl E e 4 Hx JCE foom E F 7A L a i e 0 e 4 F cc ol L gt Figure 57 Wiring Diagram of the Serial Host Interface of the Evaluation Board 14 1 5 4 Digital Input Output Port On the NICEB evaluation board the synchronous serial interface of the netIC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC device is connected to shift registers to implement a digital input output port There are 16 yellow LEDs Outputs and 16 DIP switches Inputs on the evaluation board Moreover connector X5 gives the user the possib
142. ection describes a special concept allowing you to process cyclic and acyclic data efficiently within one single common program loop The following processes are performed in parallel and synchronously within this loop e Cyclic reading of input data e Cyclic writing of output data e Check for possibly pending acyclic input data e Reading these acyclic input data from the mailbox if present For more information concerning the Modbus Registers of the netIC also see section System Information Block on page 76 gt In order to do so proceed as follows 1 Call the MODBUS function code FC 23 within a loop in order to perform servicing of the cyclic data This MODBUS function code synchronously allows reading of up to 119 16 bit wide MODBUS registers and writing of up to 119 MODBUS registers within separate areas of memory in parallel It has the following parameters MODBUS FC 23 a Device Address Modbus device address Function Code Read write multiple registers Data Address Read Offset from which reading 998 is started Data Count Read Number of registers tobe 102 read Data Address Write Offset from which writing 1999 is started Data Count Write Number of registers to be 101 written Data Data to be written follow here Table 55 MODBUS function code 23 for servicing cyclic data The example values represent the case of reading of 102 registers beginning with register 998 and writing o
143. ed Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 107 241 13 1 3 4 Serial Host Interface SHIF Pins 29 31 represent the serial host interface of the netlC Communication IC It consists of LL oe SHIF TXD This is the transmit data signal of the serial host interface This Interface is freely programmable SHIF RXD This is the receive data signal of the serial host interface This Interface is freely programmable SHIF RTS 31 The Return To Send Signal SHIF RTS can be used to control RS422 or RS485 drivers Table 65 Pin Assignment serial Host Interface The serial host interface of the netlC consists of normal UART signals for transmit and receive data Normally they are connected with a RS232 driver as the physical interface to a host or a PC The host interface has also the signal SHIF RTS to control the data direction or the enable signal of a RS422 or RS485 driver rau aH Ganllz5 i BBOLIPE HHEdZzd2E Figure 16 Proposal for the Design of the Serial Host Interface netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 108 241 13 1 3 5 SPI Interface By special configuration of the netlC SPI Mode also an SPI interface Serial Peripheral Interfa
144. ed for use in simple field devices with some I O data and time uncritical cycles The netlC product family consists of the netlC Real Time Ethernet Communication ICs e NIC 50 RE e NIC 50 RE NHS and e NIC 50 REFO and the netlC Fieldbus Communication ICs e NIC 10 CCS e NIC 50 COS e NIC 50 DNS and e NIC 50 DPS The user manual contains information required for installation commissioning and use of these DIL 32 Communication IC Additionally it describes the corresponding evaluation boards NICEB and NICEB REFO and their use for loading and testing the firmware and the configuration of the netlC Communication ICs or for diagnostic purposes Finally this document also describes the integration of the netlC Communication ICs into their target environment host system netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 8 241 1 2 1 List of Revisions LI R I B mu f 2012 01 12 f 2012 05 21 2013 03 21 1355 3 Added NIC 10 CCS Removed NIC 50 CCS More precise technical data of SPI interface Chapter Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System has been restructured and partially reworked Chapter Mounting the Adapter NICEB AIF reworked Added new section Technical Data Evaluation Boards Added section Use of VARAN Client about licensing for
145. eeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 33 4 1 2 Installation and Configuration Steps for DIL 32 Communication ICs of type NIC SORE NENNT REPERI Em 37 4 2 Mounting the Adapter NICEB AIF ccccccssccseesseeeneeeneeeseeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeseseneeaaes 40 5 INSTALLING THE NETIC DIL 32 COMMUNICATION IC eeeeeeeeeese 43 5 1 Installation of netlC Communication IC into the Target Environment 43 6 INSTALLING SOFTWARE esesssessssssssseeeneennne nnne nnn nnn nenne rns a nsa rna renis 45 6 1 Installing the netX Configuration Tool 1 sees 45 6 1 1 Precondition S 254 T TEE 45 6 1 2 Short Description of netX Configuration Tool Installation 45 6 1 3 Operating Instruction Manual and Online Help sese 45 6 2 Uninstalling the netX Configuration Tool ccccccccceeceseeeceeceeeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeesaes 46 7 CONFIGURATION VIA MODBUS RTU emen 47 8 PERFORMANCE AND RESPONSE TIME cc ccccccccceeeceeeceeeeeeceeeceeeseeaeeeseeeaess 48 9 Rp RUE RETI 50 9 1 So LED una E A 50 9 2 LED Fieldbus SysteMS d pec lucc seascapes a a E due 50 9 2 1 LED Names of various Fieldbus SYStEMS cccceccceeseeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeesaees 50 9 2 2 LED PROFIBUS DP Slaven one n e ectetuer beta 51 9 2 3 LED CANOPpeN Slave eniin a utis aed Mantes aad aden 52 9 2 4 EZbSes
146. einstallation and Replacement eese nnns 191 17 2 Disposal of Waste Electronic EQuiIpMent cccccceecceeeceeeceeeeeceeeeaeeteeeeeeeaeeees 192 1e TEC HNICARDA TA soa vical ets eet aca a AUDI itaq ea tua Ma abe wee aa 193 18 1 Technical Data netlC DIL 32 Communication ICS eeeeseeesseeseesse 193 18 1 1 NIC OORE ae cR 193 18 1 2 I gre access Ua 196 18 1 3 NG Cee LEE UE EE 198 18 1 4 PIexo 10 0 c EM TERT E 200 18 1 5 NIC SODN m cine asta eat ia nnd Aces cadet eee eee ee eee 202 18 1 6 NIC SU DPS 204 18 2 Technical Data Evaluation BOards ccccccccceccceeeceeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseees 206 18 2 1 piel 206 18 2 2 NICEB PRE TR 207 18 3 Technical Data of the Communication Protocols eseeeseseessesss 208 18 3 1 m ipP o qm 208 18 3 2 EtherNet IP Adapter Slave esses nennen nennen 209 18 3 3 Open MOG DUIS P Societ aliaa dtu ioa amete od erm auam Eu Sede Eee 210 18 3 4 Powerlink Controlled Node Slave eeeeeseeeesseeeneenennr 210 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 6 241 18 3 5 PROFINET IOSFST DEVICG sues eeu ecb tes mee a due ea eine 211 18 3 6 SOrcos SIOQVeNe
147. elop produce or sell products with 7ransceiver for extended diagnosis for instance products based on the above mentioned Avago QFBR 5978AZ you have to sign a contract with Siemens on a buying option for transceivers for fiber optics netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 127 241 13 2 3 netlC CC Link DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 10 CCS Figure 31 Photo NIC 10 CCS 13 2 3 1 NIC 10 CCS Block Diagram The following block diagram illustrates both how to apply the NIC 10 CCS and how it is structured internally 3 3V EB 32 GND SHIF_RTS E ail SPI_CLK Host seria SSIO LO EJ 30 SHIF TXD SPI MISO Modbus RTU eria SHIF_RXD shift SSIO DO Ed E SPI MOSI Register dd SSIO DI 5 DIAG_RXD pii cnostic digital Input SSIO LI 27 DIAG TXD Configuration and Output U R2 a SSIO CLK 7 26 GPIO SPI CS Diag Config Mode we Diag Config 3 3V E 24 GND COM LED ERR uf n RUN COM LED Anode red Anode green 22 21 CC Link 201 1 CC Link Interface 19 18 d El 3 3nF Figure 32 NIC 10 CCS Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2
148. equired for protection against short circuit Therefore never omit this resistor This is due to the fact that the default setting at delivery is RTS is driven amp For more information about the SPI interface itself and how to use it on the netlC see chapter 16 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC on page 172 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 109 241 13 1 4 Serial Shift IO Interface Pins 3 7 represent the serial shift IO interface which is present at all netlC Communication ICs besides the NIC 50 REFO The serial shift IO interface consists of Spi Pm Description OOO SSIO LOn SSIO DO SSIO DI SSIO Lin i SSIO CLK This signal represents the Latch Output Data i e the data taken over from the shift register into the output register with the rising edge of that signal The signal is also denominated as LoadOut This signal represents the Serial Output Data to be transferred into the serial shift IO interface flip flops The MSB is transmitted at first This signal represents the Serial Input Data to be received from the serial shift IO interface flip flops The MSB is transmitted at first This signal represents the Latch Input Data of the serial shift IO interface The signal is also den
149. er Slave The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the netlC NIC 50 RE device when the firmware of the EtherNet IP Adapter Slave protocol is loaded to the device NS Duo LED red green Name in ai green On Connected If the device has at least one established the device connection even to the Message Router the network drawing status indicator shall be steady green COM v green Flashing No connections If the device has no established connections but has obtained an IP address the network status indicator shall be flashing green d red Duplicate IP If the device has detected that its IP address is already in use the network status indicator shall be steady red red Flashing Connection timeout If one or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out the network status indicator shall be flashing red This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset Flashing Self test While the device is performing its power up testing the network status indicator shall be flashing green red Not powered no IP address If the device does not have an IP address or is powered off the network status indicator shall be steady off LINK RJ45 LED green node A connection to the Ethernet exists The device has no connection to the Ethernet ACT RJ45 LED yellow ChO amp Ch1 Flashing The device sends receives Ethernet frames
150. er Hardware Interface RS232 Dla z gnose Schnittstelle Configuration X6 X7 X8 DSub male Connector X2 9 pin DSub Buchse X3 9 polig FB LED LED rot red RS232 422 485 Host Schnittstelle COM LED rot gr n red areen DSub Stecker X2 9 polig Figure 1 Device Drawing NICEB Note The evaluation board NICEB cannot be used with NIC 50 REFO Use evaluation board NICEB REFO for the NIC 50 REFO instead A similar illustration is depicted on page 157 see Figure 61 The following two figures show the position of the tag This tag is in the DIL 32 socket and visible in bottom view of the netlC Communication IC device The tag is important when the netlC Communication IC device is mounted on the NICEB evaluation board the NIC50 REFO into the NICEB REFO respectively Both tags have to match netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 32 241 Position of the tag of the Position of the tag of the NIC 50 RE and NIC 50 RE NHS NIC 50 REFO NIC 10 CCS NIC 50 COS NIC 50 DNS and NIC 50 DPS Table 12 Position of the tag of the netlC devices With the netX Configuration Tool you can download firmware and configuration into the netlC Communication IC device and use diagnostic functions The graphical user interface of the netX Configuration Tool is composed of different areas
151. ercos Example Configuration Data Model of the Configuration Example Figure 78 View of the Data of the Configuration Example in the IO Monitor of SYCON net Figure 79 Figure 80 Figure 81 Figure 82 Figure 83 Figure 84 Figure 85 Figure 86 Figure 87 Figure 88 Modbus RTU Configuration Page in netX Configuration Tool Parameter Interface Type Modbus RTU Configuration Page in netX Configuration Tool Parameter Frame Format Device Drawing NIC 50 RE Device Drawing NIC 50 RE NHS without Heat Sink Device Drawing NIC 50 RE without Hilscher s original heat sink and over a PCB heat sink Device Drawing NIC 50 REFO top side Device Drawing NIC 10 CCS top side Device Drawing NIC 50 COS top side Device Drawing NIC 50 DNS top side Device Drawing NIC 50 DPS top side netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public 147 148 150 150 151 152 154 155 156 157 160 161 161 162 164 164 165 166 166 167 169 169 170 172 173 178 180 184 185 222 223 224 225 225 226 227 227 Hilscher 2008 2014 Lists 21 2 List of Tables 238 241 Table 1 List of Revisions 8 Table 2 Reference to Hardware 9 Table 3 Reference to Software 9 Table 4 Reference to Firmware 10 Table 5 Directory Structure of the DVD 12 Table 6 Device Description Files 12 Table 7 Available Documentation netlC DIL 32 Communication I
152. ernet the host has to read them out of this RTE Input Data Area Command Flags The system flags are described in detail in the section Command Flags of this document see page 87 Output Data Image This area is used for cyclic output data If the host wants to put out data over Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus the host has to write the data at this place of the RTE Output Data Area Received Packet Command This register contains the command code of the last message received Received Packet Error Code This register contains the error code of the last message which indicated an error Received Packet Size This register contains the size of the last message received i e the number of bytes The firmware has to write this value Received Packet Identifier This register contains the identifier of the last message received Received Packet This area contains the last message received netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 15 241 Send Packet Command This register contains the command code of the last message sent Send Packet Error Code This register contains the last error code of the last message sent with an error Send Packet Size This register contains the size of the last message sent i e the number of bytes The host has to write this value via Modbus
153. et the netX is ready to accept packets via the system mailbox If cleared the netX does not accept any packages Bit 1 ERROR The Error flag is set when the netX has detected an internal error condition This is considered a fatal error The Ready flag is cleared and the operating system is stopped An error code helping to identify the issue is placed in the ulSystemError variable in the system control block The Error flag is not supported yet Bit 2 COMMUNICATING The Communicating flag is set if the protocol stack has an open connection to the network master If cleared the input data should not be evaluated because it may be invalid old or both Bit 3 NCF_ERROR The Error flag signals an error condition that is reported by the protocol stack It could indicate a network communication issue or something to that effect The corresponding error code is placed in the ulCommunicationError variable in the communication status block Bit 4 RX_MBX_FULL This flag shows that the Receive Mailbox contains a Packet If the Packet is read out the flag will automatically cleared This flag has to be checked cyclically by the host if a message was received Bit 5 TX_MBX_FULL This flag shows that the Send Mailbox contains a Packet If the Packet is taken over from the Fieldbus Protocol the flag is automatically cleared Before sending a Packet this Flag has to be checked if it is zero otherwise it is not allowed to send a Packet Bit 6 BUS ON This f
154. etting these registers via Modbus RTU see Application Note Protocol Parameter via Modbus section 3 1 Also see Figure 8 on page 81 Configuration of the Serial Host Interface SHIF The necessary configuration parameters can be set up by netX Configuration Tool or via Modbus RTU Register 106 to 109 are used to configure the Serial Host Interface The serial host interface can operate in two different modes SHIF Types e Modbus RTU UART SHIF Type 0 Register 106 0 e or Modbus RTU SPI SHIF Type 1 Register 106 1 e n mode Modbus RTU UART the baudrate can be set via register 107 using the lower 15 bits The most significant bit is used as write protection flag All other bits can be used for the selection of the desired baudrate see Table 50 Contents of Baudrate Register netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 84 241 Bit Description Baudrate value x 100 12 1200 Baud 24 2400 Baud 48 4800 Baud 96 9600 Baud 192 19200 Baud 384 38400 Baud 5 6 5 600 Baud 1152 115200 Baud Write protection flag In order to prevent switching the baudrate during running operation there is a write protection flag 0 write protection off deactivated 1 write protection on active Table 50 Contents of Baudrate Register e n mode Modbus RTU SP
155. f 101 registers beginning with register 1999 in parallel If you want to read or write a number of registers exceeding the upper limit of the allowed number of registers you cannot accomplish this with a single call of FC 23 Thus you have to divide the read or write access To do so we recommend to always read the highest addresses at first and the lower addresses always afterwards As the last area of memory read the area beginning with address 998 to get the most current state of the system flags Proceeding in reverse order as described above would cause the system flags to be possibly outdated netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 94 241 gt You have now written the data for the cyclic output area and read the cyclic input area Additionally the following is available e The system flags i e the contents of register 999 are available for evaluation e If anew packet is available Flag RX MBX FULL is set the size of this received packet is already known Contents of register 998 2 Send Register Application Packet Note This step only needs to be performed once for initialization This also applies for the next two steps Set a flag within the programming loop after step 4 that indicates successful initialization and perform steps 2 3 and 4 only in case this flag has not been set in orde
156. f the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 113 241 Most of the standardized Protocol Stacks have defined LEDs to display status and error information of the Communication Interface Related to the firmware the function can be different The following list gives an overview FBLED Is a general LED signal for the Diag Config status This LED signal is active high COM green Is an active high LED signal available at the NIC 50 RE drives a green STA LED and shows the operating status of the communication interface COM red Is an active high LED signal available at the NIC 50 RE drives a red LED ERR and shows the failure status of the communication interface LINKO 1 Are defined for Ethernet systems only to display the Link status Because the isolation is done by a magnetic on the host board it is not necessary to save these pins These signals are active low and the color of the LEDs are normally green TX RX 0 1 Are defined for Ethernet Systems only to display the Activity status Because the isolation is done by a magnetic on the host board it is not necessary to save these pins These signals are active low and the color of the LEDs are normally yellow Table 70 Explanation of LED Signals Note All LED signals can drive a current of up to 6 mA Note It is recommended to assign LEDs to these signal in your design of the host system at least for signals STA and ERR For instance this can be accomplished accord
157. ff Automation GmbH Germany refer to the following documents EtherCAT Marking rules EtherCAT Conformance Test Policy EtherCAT Vendor ID Policy These documents are available at the ETG homepage www ethercat org or directly over info ethercat org A summary over Vendor ID Conformance test Membership and Network Logo can be found within the appendix section of this document under section EtherCAT Summary over Vendor ID Conformance Test Membership and Network Logo on page 220 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Safety 18 241 2 Safety 2 1 General Note The user manual the accompanying texts and the documentation are written for the use of the products by educated personnel When using the products all safety instructions and all valid legal regulations have to be obeyed Technical knowledge is presumed The user has to assure that all legal regulations are obeyed 2 2 Intended Use 2 2 1 Intended Use of the netlC Communication ICs The netlC Communication ICs for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus described in this user manual are Modbus RTU based Communication ICs to a communication network listed below for the DIL 32 socket Depending on the chosen model the communication protocol listed hereafter can be realized using these netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication ICs e EtherCAT
158. field bus netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Glossary Real Time Ethernet Register RJ45 RoHS RS232 RS422 RS485 SC RJ Sercos 233 241 Real Time Ethernet Industrial Ethernet is an extension of the Ethernet networking technology for industrial purposes with very good Real Time features and performance There is a variety of different Real Time Ethernet systems on the market which are incompatible with each other The most important systems of these are e EtherCAT e EtherNet IP e Ethernet Powerlink e Open Modbus TCP e PROFINET e Sercos e VARAN A register in the meaning defined by Modbus terminology is a 16 bit wide storage area for data which can be accessed and addressed as a unit by some of the Modbus Function Codes A connector type often used for Ethernet connection It has been standardized by the Federal Communications Commission of the USA FCC Restriction of Hazardous Substances This abbreviation denominates the directive of the European Union on the use of 6 hazardous substances in electronic products It is titled Directive on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment 2002 95 EC adopted in 2003 and was getting effective on 1 July 2006 An interfacing standard for serial communication on data lines de
159. figure up to 10 bytes i e 5 registers of the SSIO Output data to be processed separately These data are read out of the registers 75 to 79 and written to the SSIO Output data For instance the host can use this for cyclically transferring status information e g when additional LEDs are connected to the shift registers Register 111 determines how many bytes are actually read from registers 75 to 79 and then written to the SSIO Output data If you want to switch off this feature just set register 111 to O indicating no data are read from registers 75 79 Also see Figure 8 on page 81 SHIF Serial Host Interface Modbus RTU 0074 Registers Output Status Shift 0079 Registers T000 Cyclic input data of Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus communication Input data Cyclic output data of Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus communication Qutput data Figure 8 Example Configuration for SSIO Input and Output SSIO Input Offset 400 SSIO Output Offset 0 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 82 241 12 3 2 System Configuration Block Start Data Type S LENNEMET AND NE SSIO Config 100 UINT16 Set to zero SSIO Config 101 UINT16 Set to zero SSIO Config UINT32 SSIO Baudrate SSIO Config UINT16 SSIO Number of Input Bytes SSIO Config UINT16 SSIO Number of Output Bytes
160. fined by EIA Electronic Industries Alliance in ANS EIA TIA 232 F 1997 An interfacing standard for differential serial communication on data lines defined by EIA Electronic Industries Alliance in ANS TIA EIA 422 B 1994 An interfacing standard for differential serial communication on data lines defined by EIA Electronic Industries Alliance in ANS TIA EIA 485 A 1998 An industry standard for connectivity for optical data connections developed by Reichle amp De Massari AG Switzerland A communication system for industrial Ethernet designed and developed by Bosch Rexroth GmbH and supported by SERCOS International netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Glossary Shift register SPI Switch Transceiver UART VARAN Warmstart Watchdog Timer XDD file 234 241 A digital electronic circuit for converting serial data to parallel data vice versa also possible based on the FIFO principle first in first out Each time a new bit of the serial data stream arrives at the shift register this should happen within a fixed cycle time it is stored in the first flip flop of the shift register and the contents of each flip flop is shifted to the next flip flop SPI means Serial Peripheral Interface SPI is a bus system for a synchronous serial data bus which has been developed by Motorola SPI ma
161. fluences the timing significantly netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 90 241 9 LED 9 1 SYS LED The following table describes the meaning of the system LED SYS On Operating System running green wd Blinking Bootloader is waiting for firmware green yellow green yellow d static Bootloader is waiting for software yellow Off Power supply for the device is missing or hardware defect Table 17 System LED The SYS LED is placed in one corner of the netlC Communication IC see section Device Drawing NIC 50 HE with Heat Sink on page 222 9 2 LEDFieldbus Systems 9 2 1 LED Names of various Fieldbus Systems PROFIBUS DP CANopen SYS yellow green COM L RUN MNS red L ERR green o lt O System Status mE CANopen Status Communication Status Module Network Status Table 19 Meaning of Signal Names for LEDs Communication Status netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 91 241 9 2 2 LED PROFIBUS DP Slave The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the netlC NIC 50 DPS device when the firmware of the PROFIBUS DP Slave protocol is loaded to the device LED Coor State Memig
162. g PCI Interface card products only as part of a machine or machine line or as spare part for such a machine In case of questions contact Hilscher and or your nearest ETG representative The ETG Vendor ID policies apply 19 1 2 Conformance EtherCAT Devices have to conform to the EtherCAT specifications The EtherCAT Conformance Test Policies apply which can be obtained from the EtherCAT Technology Group ETG www ethercat org Hilscher range of embedded network interface products are conformance tested for network compliance This simplifies conformance testing of the end product and can be used as a reference for the end product as a statement of network conformance when used with standard operational settings It must however be clearly stated in the product documentation that this applies to the network interface and not to the complete product Conformance Certificates can be obtained by passing the conformance test in an official EtherCAT Conformance Test lab Conformance Certificates are not mandatory but may be required by the end user netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Annex 221 241 19 1 3 Certified Product vs Certified Network Interface The EtherCAT implementation may in certain cases allow one to modify the behavior of the EtherCAT network interface device in ways which are not in line with Ethe
163. g to the cable specifications of the respective Fieldbus system 12 Starting the gt Click to Diagnostic in the navigation area Communication and gt Click to Start did the Diagnostic The communication to the Master is started aa gt Check the device communication with help of the displayed diagnostic data Open the extended Diagnostic pane gt Click Extended gt gt Note In diagnostic mode the following restrictions have to be taken into account Diagnosis is only possible on the Fieldbus side of the netlC A connection using the diagnostic interface interrupts the communication to the Modbus side In diagnostic mode the Output LEDs DOO DO15 are not serviced and the DIP switches are not read out 13 How to quit the netX gt OKor Cancel to quit the netX Configuration Tool Configuration Tool 14 Deactivate the Only for firmware versions prior to 1 3 0 0 configuration mode On the Evaluation Board press the button T3 already mentioned before in step 3 to deactivate the configuration mode The FBLED on the NICEB will turn off then indicating that the configuration mode is inactive Hint Only when configuration mode is inactive the Modbus RTU communication is possible For more see next page netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public See Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 LE
164. h DSUB 9 pin connector e 16 synchronous serial inputs with DIP switch 16 synchronous serial inputs at post square connectors 16 synchronous serial outputs with LEDs 16 synchronous serial outputs at post square connectors Furthermore the NICEB REFO provides LED for signal FBLED and Duo Color LED for signals STA and ERR e Push buttons for Reset Boot Configuration 24 V power supply Note The Evaluation Board NICEB is REFO not compatible with the NIC 50 Digital Output LEDs yellow Ethernet Fiber Optic Connection Channel 1 CH1 Rx Tx ACT LED yellow CH1 LINK L A LED green CH1 Power Supply Rx Tx ACT LED yellow CHO LINK L A LED green CHO Ethernet Fiber Optic Connection Channel 0 CHO R5232 Diagnostic Interface Dsub male 9 pin RS232 RS422 RS485 Host Interface Dsub female 9 pin FBLED red COM1 LED green red COMO LED green red Figure 61 Device Photo Evaluation Board NICEB REFO netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netIC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 158 241 14 2 2 Jumpers X6 X8 J70 J71 The Evaluation Board NICEB REFO has jumpers X6 X8 3 single jumpers They are used for the configuration of the type of serial interface for Modbus communication m A precise description of the interface configuration is available at sectio
165. he netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 REFO drives two optical Ethernet ports for PROFINET IO and has an internal switch and hub functions Pins 10 23 represent the Optical Ethernet Interface of the NIC 50 REFO It consists of 2 channels namely e Pins 10 16 represent Ethernet channel 0 of the NIC 50 REFO e Pins 17 23 represent Ethernet channel 1 of the NIC 50 REFO It consists of Ethernet Channel Signal Pin Deep Ethernet Channel 0 SDAO Fiber optic diagnosis signal for port O TxDisableO This signal controls the TX lines and allows to disable them Signal DetectO 12 This signal indicates whether a signal has been detected or not RXNO Differential Ethernet receive line of Port O This signal controls the TX lines and allows to disable them This signal indicates whether a signal has been detected or not Differential Ethernet receive line of Port 1 Table 74 Pin Assignment optical Ethernet Interface Ethernet Channel 1 Design Recommendations We recommend to connect the NIC 50 REFO Revision 2 or higher to fiber optical transceivers such as the QFBR 5978AZ from Avago Technologies as proposed in the schematic in Figure 29 Proposal for the Design connecting the optical Real Time Ethernet Interface of the NIC 50 REFO with a fiber optical Transceiver on page 123 of this document The values of the resistors are specified in O within this figure This design is based on and works similarly to
166. he protocol stack has always priority in processing time to fulfill the network communication The host interface is of lower priority compared to the protocol stack Some protocol stacks need more processing time than other ones This may cause a jitter in the response time Table 16 Response Time Distribution of netlC Communication IC depending on applied Protocol below shows results of measurements of the netlC cycle time It shows how many percent of all requests are processed in a period of time of 2 ms steps This test has been made under following conditions e Interface type SPI running with1 MHz e Read 32 and Write 32 register with FC32 e Including CRC both in request and response telegram e Each stack has been in network communication to a master with typical network load e The time includes the transmission and reception time of the frame and the processing time of the netlC netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Performance and Response Time 49 241 Response time in ms aa em oom om oom ee pe pe ep fm Es om mm rox ee pes rom ue em pee me pe m Ier lIl1ld ldd 1 e pel p D 1 1 je pel Table 16 Response Time Distribution of netlC Communication IC depending on applied Protocol Additionally tests have shown that including or excluding the CRC into the frame only for SPI in
167. he same network the maximum length is Max distance Baud rate in kBits s Linick 5 X Lini lt 500 m at 125 kBaud Linick 2 5 x Linin lt 250m at 250 kBaud Linick Lini lt 100 m at 500 kBaud Table 105 DeviceNet Segment Length in dependence of the Baud rate Up to 64 DeviceNet devices can be linked together over the bus The maximum length of the bus cable depends on the used baud rate and the used cable type Only special proved DeviceNet cable should be used The DeviceNet cable contains of the data line cables and the power supply cables netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netlC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 168 241 The data line cables must match the following conditions Data line Impedance Capacity Loop Wire cable Resistance Gauge Diameter Thick 120 Ohm 39 4 pF m 22 6 Ohm km Thin 120 Ohm 39 4 pF m 91 8 Ohm km Table 106 Characteristics of DeviceNet Data Line Cable The power supply cables must match the following conditions Power Loop Wire Gauge supply Resistance Diameter cable Table 107 Characteristics of DeviceNet Power Supply Cable netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NI
168. hed using the netX configuration tool Note Firmware version 1 1 x x does not run on hardware revision 3 and 4 of the NIC 50 RE device Use Firmware version 1 2 x x or higher for hardware revision 3 and 4 of the NIC 50 RE device Note The PROFINET IO Device firmware V1 2 x x and higher for NIC 50 RE hardware revision 3 and 4 contains a new protocol stack implementation compared to the old firmware version 1 1 x x Firmware version 1 2 x x and higher supports the FSU Fast Start Up feature netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 11 241 1 2 3 Conventions in this Manual Operation instructions a result of an operation step or notes are marked as follows Operation Instructions instruction or 1 instruction 2 instruction Results Y result Notes Ch Important lt important note gt Note lt note gt lt note where to find further information gt netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 12 241 1 3 Contents of the Product DVD The product DVD for the netlC Communication ICs contains e netX Configuration Tool setup including the serial driver e Device Description Files GSD GSDML EDS XML XDD CSP e Doc
169. her 2008 2014 Technical Data 211 241 18 3 5 PROFINET IO RT Device Parameter Description Maximum number of cyclic input data Maximum number of cyclic output data Maximum number of modules Supported protocols Used Protocols subset Topology recognition VLAN and priority tagging Context Management by CL RPC Identification amp Maintenance Fast Startup Minimum cycle time Baud rate Data transport layer 256 bytes if netX Configuration Tool is used for configuration 1024 bytes if the configuration is done via Modbus RTU programming effort for the host application program 256 bytes if netX Configuration Tool is used for configuration 1024 bytes if the configuration is done via Modbus RTU programming effort for the host application program Max 4 input modules and max 4 output modules can be configured with the netX Configuration Tool Max 19 modules if the configuration is done via Modbus RTU programming effort for the host application program RTC Real Time Cyclic Protocol Class 1 and 2 unsynchronized Class 3 synchronized RTA Real Time Acyclic Protocol DCP Discovery and configuration Protocol CL RPC Connectionless Remote Procedure Call LLDP Link Layer Discovery Protocol SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol MRP MRP Client Read and write of I amp M 1 4 Supported Hardware requirements NIC 50 RE Hardware revision 3 or higher NIC 50 REFO Hardware re
170. hernet where the netX acts as Modbus RTU Slave 1 Atfirst check the flag TX MBX FULL within the System Flags access Register 999 Bit 5 of the netlC via Modbus As long as this flag has the value 1 the mailbox is occupied and it is not allowed to send a packet 2 As soon as IX MBX FULL has the value O the packet head and data can be written in the defined Registers If the packet is longer this can be done in a few steps as long as the Send Packet Command is not written In this case we recommend writing the packet header in one step separately at the end of the transfer process 3 By writing the register Send Packet Command access Modbus Register 3994 of the netlC the packet will be transferred in the send mailbox and activated The flag TX MBX FULL is set 4 Ifthe Network Protocol has taken over the packet the TX MBX FULL flag will be cleared 5 Ifa request packet has been sent a confirmation packet will always received It is the duty of the application to read out the confirmation packet out of the mailbox and to evaluate it subsequently 6 The typical case of use however is sending a response packet after reception of an indication packet Evaluate the indication packet and adapt the contents of the response packet according to the results of the evaluation netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014
171. hnology used both for office and industrial communication via electrical or optical connections It has been developed and specified by the Intel DEC and XEROX It provides data transmission with collision control and allows various protocols As Ethernet is not necessarily capable for real time application various real time extensions have been developed see Real Time Ethernet A communication system for industrial Ethernet designed and developed by Rockwell It partly uses the CIP Common Industrial Protocol A communication system for industrial Ethernet designed and developed by B amp R It partly uses CANopen technologies FSU Fast start up is a feature of PROFINET protocol stacks enabling them to start up within only one second FSU is supported by the new PROFINET V3 protocol stack version 1 2 and higher for NIC50 RE Full duplex denominates a telecommunication system between two communication partners which allows simultaneous communication in both directions is called a full duplex telecommunication system At such a system it is possible to transmit data even if currently data are received Full duplex is the opposite of Half duplex A function code in the meaning defined by Modbus terminology is a standardized method to access i e read or write coils or registers via Modbus General Periphery Input Out Signal at pin 26 of the netlC In Modbus RTU SPI mode used as SPI Chip Select signal A special kind of XML based
172. ice Drawing NIC 50 DNS The drawing in Figure 87 Device Drawing NIC 50 DNS top side below on this page displays the front side NIC 50 DNS 082101 Figure 87 Device Drawing NIC 50 DNS top side 19 4 7 Device Drawing NIC 50 DPS The drawing in Figure 88 Device Drawing NIC 50 DPS top side below on this page displays the front side NIC 50 DPS 081101 NIC 50 DPS Figure 88 Device Drawing NIC 50 DPS top side netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus Hilscher 2008 2014 DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Annex 228 241 19 5 Use of Hubs and Switches For the corresponding communication systems the use of hubs and or switches is either forbidden or allowed The following table shows the acceptable use of hubs and switches by each communication system EtherCAT forbidden only allowed between EtherCAT Master and first EtherCAT Slave 100 MBit s Full Duplex EtherNet IP allowed allowed 10 MBit s 100 MBit s Full or Half Duplex Auto Negotiation Open Modbus TCP allowed allowed 10 MBit s 100 MBit s Full or Half Duplex Auto Negotiation POWERLINK forbidden PROFINET IO RT forbidden Only allowed if the switch supports Priority Tagging
173. igured e Each System Diagnostic Data has a unique ID Number e For each Diagnostic Data is one Mapping Data configured The order of the Mapping Data defines also the order of the Diagnostic Data in the Output Image e The Diagnostic Data are copied cyclically into the Output Image The following IDs are predefined in this context ieginbye Meaning SSS o 4 Devicenumber S a s Fms 200 200 Network Status 988 20 System Status System Error Error Log Indicator Error Counter Communication Error Communication Status Table 52 Predefined IDs Register 122 contains the value of the ID ID1 register 123 contains the length information of ID1 Register 124 contains the value of the ID ID2 register 125 contains the length information of ID2 etc The configuration is done using the netX Configuration Tool and is described in the Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 Alternatively configuration via Modbus RTU is possible netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 86 241 12 3 3 System Flags These flags show the current state of the system and the communication of netlC Communication IC Bit Description S O Bit O READY The Ready flag is set as soon as the operating system has initialized itself properly and passed its self test When the flag is s
174. ility to connect external hardware to further 16 inputs and 16 outputs Note The maximum current for each signal line has to be limited by a series resistor to a maximum of 6 mA The maximum power that can be taken from the 3V3 line is max 50 mA netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO The following table shows the pinning of connector X5 Pins Pin Name Desoipion e 0028 poao s pow oaao s pom Distal Output Power 3 3V 40mA 19 GND Ground Table 93 Pin Assignment of Connector X5 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public 153 241 Hilscher 2008 2014 netlC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 154 241 The next schematic shows the wiring diagram of the synchronous serial interface of the evaluation board NICEB Revision 3 and NICEB REFO Revision 3 59 SS 10_CL KB 3 i R22 D E E E PM NS S510_D1 He 4 4 7k ESTO DOE aao SSID LO m MESES 00 0 0 0 o oc mo OST 5 5 5 5 0 5 gP roi B E DD 2 MAKBASSEUR T Lit B l3 GND T R104 3 j end 22457 F
175. in the documentation of the device provided by its manufacturer Open the device and install the netlC Communication IC only after having completed all of the preceding steps netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Safety 22 241 2 6 Warnings on Property Damage To avoid property damage respectively device destruction to the DIL 32 Communication IC and to your system you necessarily must read understand and follow the following and all other property damage messages in this guide The following applies to all types of netlC Communication ICs described in this manual 2 6 1 Device Destruction by exceeding the allowed Supply Voltage 2 6 1 1 netlC Communication ICs The netlC Communication IC is designed for operation at a 3 3 V supply voltage The use of a higher supply voltage than 3 3V may result in severe damage to the communication IC Therefore the netlC Communication IC may not be powered by a 5V supply voltage Operation with 5 V supply voltage will most probably cause device destruction Also the level of all I O signals may not exceed a voltage of 3 3V For more information see section 18 1 Technical Data netlC DIL 32 y Communication ICs on page 193 2 6 1 2 Evaluation Boards The following is valid for the evaluation boards NICEB and NICEB REFO NOTICE Device Destruction The
176. inally the Evaluation Board NICEB has been designed for testing only the NIC50 RE and for downloading firmware and configuration to it This can be accomplished without any adapter But also all Fieldbus versions of the Hilscher netlC Communication ICs NIC 10 CCS NIC 50 COS NIC 50 DNS and NIC 50 DPS can be mounted in to the DIL 32 socket of the NICEB tested and supplied with firmware if a suitable adapter is used and the jumpers X4 for the Ethernet interface at the NICEB are removed all together NOTICE Device Destruction by Short Circuit When using the NICEB Evaluation Board with the Fieldbus Versions of the netIC Gateways NIC 10 CCS NIC 50 COS NIC 50 DNS respectively NIC 50 DPS Remove the jumpers X4 on the NICEB Setting the X4 jumpers would cause a short circuit Therefore never use a netlC Fieldbus Communication IC within the NICEB with the Ethernet jumpers X4 set netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 148 241 Hint For Ethernet operation with NIC 50 RE together with the NICEB no adapters are needed All jumpers X4 need to be set in order to operate correctly The suitable adapter for your Hilscher netlC Communication IC model can be easily determined with Table 8 Suitable Adapters on page 8 of this document The jumpers X6 X8 can clea
177. ing to the solution on the evaluation board where one common duo LED COM red green has been used for signals STA and ERR netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 114 241 13 2 Module specific Information on the netlC 13 2 1 Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 RE Figure 22 Photo NIC 50 HE with original Hilscher Heat Sink 13 2 1 1 NIC 50 RE Block Diagram The following block diagram illustrates both how to apply the NIC 50 RE and how it is structured internally 3 3V E 32 GND SHIF_RTS oon B all SPI CLK Host seria SSIO LO E 30 SHIF TXD SPI MISO Modbus RTU eria SHIF_RXD Shift S510_DO E SPI MOSI Register far SSIO DI BH 28 DIAG_RXD Y Diagnostic digital Input SSIO LI 5 DIAG TXD Configuration and Output T E Z SSIO CLK 26 GPIO SPI CS Diag Config Mode av FBLED iiki ul Diag Config 3 3V E 24 GND v ta COM LED COM LED Anode rad i 23 Anode green ed we LINKO 11 22 LINK1 FF T THIRXO 12 21 TXIRX1 D 7 POT ce E E teREL RXPO 14 RXP1 TXNO H5 TXN1 LEE ED Je 3E D Ethernet Channel 0 Ethernet Channel 1 Figure 23 NIC 50 RE Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fiel
178. ion Board netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 155 241 14 1 5 5 Ethernet Connectors Ethernet Ethernet Kanal 0 Kanal 1 Figure 59 Schematic of Ethernet Connectors Sgms Desrp on Bob Smith Termination e RX Receive Daa T TERM Bob Smith Termination s rer Table 94 Ethernet Interface Channel 0 and Channel 1 Pin Assignment Auto crossover function is supported in the netlC Communication ICs not in NIC 50 REFO The following schematic picture shows the wiring diagram of the evaluation board For Ethernet operation the eight jumpers at connector X4 always have to be set netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation FBS FB FBS FBS FB1 FB2 FB3 FB4 LINKO TX RXO 1 f j 2 S 1 C50 Li 2 10nUSa 3 GND m31 22 x1 21 Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO g Sari w w C t oo J aw w Da x m J g 01 2169 4 001 CO 0 p nie b T be bee Tee 0 A x f bet Cj LO COTS Le ga n sa e ia i ce io a LETT nie T J Le ee 2 1 nUS B 9 GC GND 10nU20068 GS P
179. is Notcomected oo fe _ Notcomected ooo ie DN Ground DeviceNet Pin 1 DeviceNet Connector ro Netcomected O 29 _ Notcomected ooo Notconnected Neemmwded Ooo Table 83 Pinning of NIC 50 DNS The signals can be grouped as follows e Signals 13 14 17 and 18 belong to the DeviceNet Interface e Signals 10 and 23 belong to various LEDs 13 2 5 3 The DeviceNet Interface of the NIC 50 DNS Interface Description The NIC 50 DNS provides a single DeviceNet interface for the connection with a DeviceNet Master All electric signals are conforming to the DeviceNet standard Pins 13 14 17 and 18 belong to the DeviceNet interface of the NIC 50 DNS The assignment of pins to signals is as follows Pin Pin Description DeviceNet NIC 50 DNS DN Ground for DeviceNet Table 84 Pin Assignment DeviceNet Interface netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 139 241 R367 LIHEN T pst C367 i R363 Lr D 4 8 K jsp m NH C362 PCAS20251 QR Ke Tx MMIDBi 2 AX MNIDBB Hi i xa Ii08 mnmiogi J2 Din SMELECLK NMI0B2 X DB JT 31 mm on ys un 3eungaB 1012 T HU CAN GND 1B 1 DLN Figure 44 Plan of DeviceNet Interface of NIC 50 DNS Design Recommendations The N
180. is not supported Data transport layer CAN frames Table 150 Technical Data DeviceNet Slave Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 218 241 18 3 11 PROFIBUS DP Slave Maximum number of modules Max 4 input modules and max 4 output modules can be configured with the netX Configuration Tool Configuration data Max 244 bytes Parameter data 237 bytes application specific parameters Baud rate 9 6 kBits s 19 2 kBits s 31 25 kBits s 45 45 kBits s 93 75 kBits s 187 5 kBits s 500 kBits s 1 5 MBits s 3 MBits s 6 MBits s 12 MBit s Auto baudrate detection is supported Data transport layer PROFIBUS FDL Limitations The netlC gateway is designed for cyclic data exchange Acyclic communication for user data transfer can only be used if the host application program supports this which means programming effort for the host application program Then services DP V1 Class 1 Read Write DP V1 Class 1 Alarm or DP V1 Class 2 Read Write Data Transport can be used SSCY1S Slave to slave communication state machine not implemented Data exchange broadcast not implemented I amp M API is not supported I amp MO with fixed settings only Table 151 Technical Data PROFIBUS DP Slave Protocol netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601U
181. ision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 184 241 Ee netX Configuration Tool SEE gt ap IO Device COM1 HW Device ID O Firmware EA Vendor Hilscher GmbH Hw Vendor ID 1 Version Navigation Configuration Modbus RTU J netSTICK USB Driver Interface 1 netX Serial Driver COMI Bus Startup Watchdog Time Address Mapping Data Swapping Ident Device iw Enable Bus Protocol Made Response Timeout ms Modbus Address Send Retries Interface type Frame Format Exclude Adress and CAC Configuration RTS Control Modbus RTU Baud Rate Syne Serial IO Stop Bits Data Mapping Parity Diagnostic Data IO Monitor Number of Register Number of Coils Automatic bd Config Template NWw v DK Cancel Apply Help 1 0500 1 166 Figure 79 Modbus RTU Configuration Page in netX Configuration Tool Parameter Interface Type After selection of the SPI Mode the combo box Frame Format right next is enabled see Figure 80 There you can adjust whether the CRC checksum and the frame address are included in data transmission or not The default is not to include CRC checksum and address This option offers improved performance compared to the other one After clicking at the Ok button the SPI Mode will be activated For more information refer to the Operating Instruction Manual netX C
182. ithin the IO Status to the value 1 2 If the device delivers valid inputs set the Inputs valid bit Bit 14 of IO Status Register 2001 to the value 1 gt Set the mandatory bits within the Connection Control Register 2000 This means 1 Set the New Data Bit Bit 1 within Connection Control to the value 1 if it is equal to O hat and vice versa is automatically toggled between the values O and 1 by the protocol stack so you do not need to care about this aer eee eee eee 2 Set the Producer ready bit Bit 0 within Connection Control Register 2000 to the value 1 in order to indicate readiness to send data netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Communication 177 241 15 1 6 Example for Configuration and Application This configuration and application example explains how to practically set up an operational Sercos data transmission conforming to the rules specified within the two preceding subsections of this document The following bits need to be taken into account Control Name of bits Register Bit Value status word Number Number Communication from Master to Slave MDT Connection Producer 1000 Bit 0 This bit should be set to the value 0 if the Control ready bit Master has declared its data as invalid The producer does not yet generate any data in this connection The producer gene
183. ium risk which will have as Situation Which if not consequence death or grievous Avoided could Result in bodily harm if it isn t avoided Death or Serious Injury Indicates a Hazardous Situation Which if not Avoided may Result in CAUTION Indicates a minor hazard with medium risk which could have as consequence simple battery if it isn t avoided Minor or Moderate Injury NOTICE Indicates a Property Damage NOTICE Indicates a Property Message i Damage Message Indicates an important note in the Note Indicates an Important manual Note in the Manual Table 10 Signal Words In this document the safety instructions and property damage messages are designed according both to the international used safety conventions as well as to the ANSI standard refer to reference safety 1 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Description and Requirements 25 241 3 Description and Requirements 3 1 Description oimple field devices such as barcode readers identification systems valve islands or digital and analogue inputs and outputs will require a connection to Fieldbus or Real Time Ethernet systems These devices do not have a high data throughput so it is very suitable to use a serial connection to the communication interface such as UART The netlC is a complete Single Chip Module in the compact dimensions of
184. kes use of the master slave principle It requires at least three lines used for data input data output and clock and works in full duplex mode A network component connecting multiple communication partners or even entire branches of a network with each other A switch is an intelligent network component which analyzes network traffic in order to decide on its own For the connected communication partners a switch behaves transparently A combined receiver and transmitter unit for communication over optical Ethernet UART means Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter It is a special kind of electronic circuit which is used for transmitting data serially with a fixed frame consisting of one start bit five to nine data bits an optional parity bit for the detection of transmission errors and one stop bit Working asynchronously it does not use an explicit clock signal Versatile Automation Random Access Network A communication system for industrial Ethernet designed and developed by SIGMATEK A part of the initialization process of netX controlled communication systems During warmstart the netX controlled system is adjusted to the intended parameters of operation These parameters are supplied by a special message the warmstart message which is transferred to the netX within the warmstart packet A watchdog timer provides an internal supervision mechanism of a communication system It Supervises that an important event happens
185. l vias with 0 25 mm hole diameter corresponding to 0 3 mm drill size and 1 mm distance between each of the vias So it is possible to insert 18 x 18 324 thermal vias A standard copper thickness of the via sleeve is 25 um netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Annex 224 241 The following picture shows the mounting of the NIC 50 RE without Hilscher s original heat sink and over a PCB heat sink PCE heat sink Emir on each side E E M C l b Heat sink copaer thickness 235um c Thermal vias with c D 3mm drill hole F 2bym via sleeve cu 0 25enm final diameter e PIL Se eee ee Se Peel Heat sink area on both PCB sides with standard A PCB solder resist and thermal vias Figure 83 Device Drawing NIC 50 RE without Hilscher s original heat sink and over a PCB heat sink It is also possible to use another heat sink Then the thermal pad can be demounted and another heat sink can be glued on the netlC module To reach the maximum operation temperature of 70 C it is necessary that the thermal resistance Ry of the used heat sink is less than 7 K W netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Annex 225 241 19 4 3 Device Drawing NIC 50 REFO The drawing in Figure 84 Devic
186. l Time Ethernet and Fieldbus this document netIC Configuration by netX Configuration Tool OI XX EN pdf Operating Instruction Configuration of DIL 32 Manual netX Communication ICs for Real Time Configuration Tool for Ethernet and Fieldbus netlC Functions of the Description of integrated WebServer Integrated WebServer in netlC DIL 32 Communication IC Devices Functions of the Integrated WebServer in netic DIhn 92 Communication CAN OI deC Functions of the Integrated FTP Server in netIC Devices AN 01 doc Functions of the Description of integrated FTP Server Integrated FTP Server in netlC Devices netIC API Examples Description of netlC API examples netIC API Examples AN 01 EN Only English version Application Note Configuration netlC Protocol Parameter via Modbus AN 01 EN Protocol Parameter via Koehn Modbus User Manual netlC Description of firmware update netIC FirmwareUpdate usermanual en doc Firmware Update Only English version netX Dual Port Memory Interface of netX Dual Port Memory netX Dual Port Memory Interface DPM XX Interface for netX based EN pdf Products EtherCAT Slave Description of EtherCAT Slave EtherCAT Slave Protocol API XX EN pdf Protocol API Manual Protocol API English Version EtherNet IP Adapter Description of EtherNet IP Adapter EtherNetIP Adapter Protocol API XX EN pdf Protocol API Manual Protocol API English Version Open Modbus TCP Description of Open Modbus TCP OpenModbusTCP Pr
187. l Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Annex 229 241 This erratum is fixed with all components of the Y charge 9 digit charge number shows Y at position 5 nnnnYnnnn Reference Summary of 10BT problem on EthernetPHY RenesasElectronics Europe April 27 2010 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Glossary 20 Glossary 10 Base T 100 Base TX Auto Crossover Auto Negotiation Baud rate Boot loader Coil ComproX CRC DDF 230 241 Standard for communication on Ethernet over twisted pair lines with RJ45 connectors and a Baud rate of 10 MBit s according to the IEEE 802 3 specification Standard for communication on Ethernet over unshielded twisted pair lines with RJ45 connectors and a baud rate of 100 MBit s according to the IEEE 802 specification Auto Crossover is a feature of an interface An interface with Auto Crossover capability will automatically detect and correct if the data lines have been exchanged vice versa Auto Negotiation is a feature of an interface An interface with Auto Negotiation will automatically determine a set of correct communication parameters Data transmission speed of a communication channel or interface Program loading the firmware into the memory of a devic
188. lag reflects the current bus state if the protocol stack accesses the bus Bit 7 FLS CFG This flag indicates whether the netlC is configured by a configuration originating from the flash file system It will be cleared when the command flag CLR CFG is executed When the command flag SIR CFG is set the netlC will set this flag Bit 8 LCK CFG This flag indicates whether the registers which contain any configuration data network and system configuration data are write protected or not This flag will be set and cleared by using the command flags LCK_CFG and UNLOCK CFG Bit 9 WDG ON This flag indicates whether the watchdog function has been activated or not This flag is set or cleared by the command flags WDG ON and WDG OFF Bit 10 RUNNING This flag indicates whether the protocol stack has been configured and the initialization has been completed successfully The configuration process may last for some seconds depending on the chosen protocol If the configuration has been completed successfully the RUNNING flag will be set The host application can use this flag for synchronization purposes for instance Bit 11 SX WRITE IND This flag will be set when the web server writes to register 7999 It will be cleared when the host reads from register 7999 This flag can be used for synchronization between host and integrated web server Bit 12 15 Reserved set to zero Table 53 System Flags netlC DIL 32 Communication
189. leased Public 160 241 Brooms d 3U9 L1 GuUb 3 188nl25 BND Gaiam LSA Tta 1GuU6 3 1 dantilz t GND Hilscher 2008 2014 netlC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 161 241 14 3 Adapter NICEB AIF for Fieldbus Connection 14 3 1 CC Link Adapter NICEB AIF CC 14 3 1 1 Photo NICEB AIF CC Figure 63 Photo CANopen Adapter NICEB AIF CC 14 3 1 2 Drawing of CC Link Interface NICEB AIF CC The following drawing shows the CC Link interface D Sub male connector 9 pole of the NICEB AIF CC Isolated RS 485 interface Figure 64 CC Link Interface Screw terminal connector 5 pin Connection with Signal Description Screw terminal Connector DB oaas Table 97 CC Link Interface of NICEB AIF CC netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 162 241 14 3 1 3 CC Link Interface Use only a special cable which is approved for CC Link CC Link specifies several shielded three core Twisted Pair cables It is recommended to use only one type of cable for an installation Please ensure that termination resistors are available at both ends of the cable The value of the termination resistor depends on the used type of cable and can be 100 110 and respectively 130 Q First device Last device DA
190. line A negative PB A 14 3 PROFIBUS DP Data line B positive PB B Return To Send Line for line control PB 19 5 Ground for PROFIBUS DP GND PB 5V 20 6 5V power line for PROFIBUS DP Table 88 PROFIBUS DP Interface of the NIC 50 DPS Signals and Pins You should integrate an RC combination 1MO 2 2 nF between PB GND and the protective earth into your design according to the following schematic illustration netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 RTS UP PB B PB R ISOGND Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 145 241 son 1l PB amp 5U B Alaa EN FB BHD 5 AIA A18 PB H H HIHE al 11 PB B 3 WH1BB l ig AIS 4 M4IBH s BE Be 1 LT R 2 2 nw 1 Aa iM 2 Figure 50 Proposal for the Design of the PROFIBUS DP Interface of the NIC 50 DPS netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 146 241 14 netlC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 14 1 Evaluation Board NICEB The evaluation board NICEB is equipped with a DIL 32 socket for one netlC Communication IC and with all interfaces necessary to evaluate its functions Fieldbus interfaces are provided by a Fieldb
191. mass T ME LAM M N 213 18 3 7 VARAN AC IOBCUSIQVE cacti sone praesentes iut Mesi aucun mies c tu ec E EU 214 18 3 8 ANODOD ola VO eee eee ie ree a eee eR E eun 215 18 3 9 Ge HLF SIAV c e 216 18 3 10 Device Net Slave ise aue iveta oum usta eee ie 217 18 3 11 PROFIBUS DP SIVE a ees eect eee 218 18 3 12 MOGDUS R TU aisen A E E A 219 OX D et 220 19 1 EtherCAT Summary over Vendor ID Conformance Test Membership and Network OOO PEPENDIT CORN AUN A E 220 19 1 1 Medo JB stent UL MA LM A DESEAS UE 220 19 1 2 CC ONMOMIMAING 6 ire oS tT mU mE 220 19 1 3 Certified Product vs Certified Network Interface cccccseeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 221 19 1 4 Membership and Network Logo ccseccccseeeeceeeeeseeeeeseeeeeaeeesaeeeeeaeeeesaeeessaes 221 19 2 USO VARAN Cem sii tnis tone tars teat e de id uitbuni Diti Ee tret serate TI tte Cubic 221 19 3 Change in the Use of DHCP and Default IP Address in the EtherNet IP Firmware221 19 4 Device Drawings e euet ema as uude etus Bon pam neut ac ues tuu ed dc ater 222 19 4 1 Device Drawing NIC 50 RE with Heat Sink eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 222 19 4 2 Device Drawing NIC 50 RE NHS without Heat Sink and PCB Thermal Pad 223 19 4 3 Device Drawing NIC 50 REFO eeesssseeessssese nennen nenne nnns 225 19 4 4 Device Drawing NIC 10 008S esses enne nnne nennen nn nnn 225 19 4 5 Device Drawing NIC 50 COS 1
192. mol EtherNet IP gt gt IO Device COM1 Hw Device lD 0 Firmware Vendor Hilscher GmbH Hw Vendor ID 1 Version Navigation x netSTICK USB Driver netX Serial Driver ap COMI Slave 1 SERCOS Ill Address User SCP Types FSP Type I0 v1 SCP Configuration T ype Fix Version 1131 SCP_Sig Version 1 1 1 Output Data Size for Fixed Configuration Input Data Size for Fixed Configuration Slave Flags iw Setup 4 Default OD v Non Stack Objects Are Deleted iw SERCOS Address May not be Changed by the Master Slave Connections Configuration Modbus RTU Connection Control Offset Sync Serial IO Real Time Data Process Image Offset Real Time Data Maximum Length Data Mapping Diagnostic IO Monitor v Config Template Type name here OK Cancel Apply Help 1 0501 1 2108 Figure 75 Screen Configuration of the netX Configuration Tool only lower part shown netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Communication 173 241 In order to accomplish this configuration adjust the following settings within the netX Configuration Tool gt n pane Data Mapping set the offset addresses for I O data for SSIO to the value 196 in order to achieve the register assignment according to Table 113 gt In pane Slave Connections set each value at Connection Control Offset to 0
193. munication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 135 241 a nl 3 CAN GND a 61GB 1 lbEnul88B EL PE Figure 40 Proposal for the Design of the CANopen Interface of the NIC 50 COS netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 136 241 13 2 5 netlC DeviceNet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 DNS Figure 41 Photo NIC 50 DNS 13 2 5 1 NIC 50 DNS Block Diagram The following block diagram illustrates both how to apply the NIC 50 DNS and how it is structured internally 3 3V Im 32 GND SHIF_RTS ibd m B1 spi CLK Host SIO LO E 30 SHIF TXD SPI MISO Modbus RTU SHIF_RXD Serial SsIO DO pg Fr Register for SSIO DI E 28 DIAG RXD Diagnostic digital Input Configuration and Output SSIO LI g 27 DIAG_TXD 5510_CLK 26 GPIO SPI CS Diag Config Mode a FBLED Reset a z zd Diag Config 3 3V EJ 24 GND MNS LED P dd m a MNS LED Anode red Anode green 22 DeviceNet E HD E E 2o DN Drain 14 19 Interface so 216 i E i 15n 1M 1M 15n Figure 42 NIC 50 DNS Block Diagram External Connections and i
194. munication ICs NIC 50 RE Loading and testing of the firmware or the configuration is possible by using the evaluation board NICEB described in section net C Evaluation Boards NICEB on page 146 3 1 2 Description of the netiC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication ICs NIC 50 REFO The netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 REFO represents a complete single chip module with very compact dimensions as it is mounted into a DIL 32 package It is pin compatible to the industry standard and suitable for a voltage of 3 3 V Depending of the loaded firmware the netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 RE processes the communication of one of the following Real Time Ethernet systems e PROFINET IO RT Device Loading and testing of the firmware or the configuration is possible by using the evaluation board NICEB REFO described in section Evaluation Board NICEB REFO on page 157 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Description and Requirements 27 241 3 1 3 Description of the netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication ICs Each of the netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication ICs represents a complete single chip module with very compact dimensions as it is mounted into a DIL 32 package Depending on the device type of the netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC communicates according to the s
195. n Host Interface Connector and Hardware Interface Configuration of this document especially in Table 92 Configuration of Hardware Interface to Host depending on Jumper Settings Additionally the NICEB REFO has two jumpers J70 and J71 revision 2 or later These are located just next to the optical transceiver for Ethernet channel O which is the one adjacent to the diagnostic serial interface see Figure 61 on page 157 They can be used to enable the activation the ROM loader that is used for example at the Force Bootloader command of the ComproxX tool delivered on the Product DVD along with the netlC Normal operation Use this jumper setting always during normal operation of the NIC50 REFO within the NICEB REFO Enable activation of the ROM Loader Use this jumper setting only when updating the firmware of the NIC50 REFO within the NICEB REFO with ComproX Table 95 Jumpers J70 and J71 Configuration for normal operation and for enabling activation of the ROM Boot Loader in conjunction with ComproX tool Note If you execute ComproX running the NIC50 REFO mounted in the NICEB REFO using jumper setting Normal operation of the NICEB REFO the dialog Entering Bootstart of ComproX will no longer disappear automatically and therefore the boot mode will not be reachable any more You can detect the successful transition to the boot mode as follows Alternating between yellow and green light at the SYS LED indica
196. n b Hie Figure 78 View of the Data of the Configuration Example in the IO Monitor of SYCON net netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 181 241 16 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 16 1 Principle of Operation The Serial Peripheral Interface SPI is a bus system for the synchronous serial communication of digital electronic circuits allowing versatile applications It is based on the master slave principle There are many possible applications for SPI The Serial Peripheral Interface was originally developed by Motorola nevertheless there is no really exact SPI specification available The system Microwire from National Instruments is very similar to SPI For the Serial Peripheral Interface the following basic definitions apply O O O X There are two kinds of bus participants Masters and Slaves In an SPI bus system an arbitrary number of slaves is allowed In an SPI bus system there is only one single master At each certain time this master only communicates with one single slave The master generates the time signal SCK see below and selects which bus participant to communicate with This is done by the Chip Select signal CS see below Each slave requires a clock signal and the Chip Select signal Unless the slave is selected for comm
197. n Board NICEB has only been designed for test use It has no CE sign and it has not been tested regarding its emission and immunity behavior Therefore it is not suited for use in an industrial production environment netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 207 241 18 2 2 NICEB REFO Power supply Allowed voltage range 9 V 30 V DC 24 V DC recommended Typical current at 24 V Depends on netlC Power adapter plug Contained in delivery Switches pushbuttons Input data 16 DIP switches connected to SSIO signal lines DIO DI15 Pushbuttons For reset boot configuration GPIO LED display Output data 16 LEDs yellow connected to SSIO signal lines DOO DO15 COM communication 1 Duo LED green red status FBLED 1 LED red Interface DIL 32 socket Only for NIC 50 REFO Ethernet interface 2 x SC RJ optical transceiver Avago AFBR 5978Z Host interface 9 pin D Sub connector RS232 RS422 RS485 configurable by jumpers female connector Diagnostic interface 9 pin D Sub connector RS232 For Firmware Download RS422 RS485 configurable by und Konfiguration jumpers male connector Dimensions Dimensions L x W x H 100 x 65 x 18 mm without netlC Table 140 Technical Data NICEB REFO o No CE Sign The Evaluation Board NICEB REFO has only been designed for test use It has no CE sign and it has not been
198. n IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 17 241 1 4 6 Registered Trademarks Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Adobe Acrobat is a registered trademark of the Adobe Systems Incorporated Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation in the United States of America and further countries C is a registered trademark of NXP Semiconductors formerly Philips Semiconductors CANopen is a registered trademark of CAN in AUTOMATION International Users and Manufacturers Group e V CiA Nurnberg CC Link is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Tokyo Japan DeviceNet und EtherNet IP are trademarks of ODVA Open DeviceNet Vendor Association Inc EtherCAT is a registered trademark and a patented technology of Beckhoff Automation GmbH Verl Germany formerly Elektro Beckhoff GmbH Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric Powerlink is a registered trademark of B amp R Bernecker Rainer Industrie Elektronik Ges m b H Eggelsberg Austria Sercos interface is a registered trademark of Sercos International e V ouessen Germany All other mentioned trademarks are property of their respective legal owners 1 4 6 1 EtherCAT Disclaimer EtherCAT is registered trademark and patented technology licensed by Beckho
199. n shall refuse downloading an incompatible firmware file Note This hardware compatibility should not be confused with the firmware version number The firmware version number increases for every addition or bug fix The hardware compatibility is incremented only if a change makes firmware and hardware incompatible to each other compared to the previous version Hardware Options The hardware options array allows determining the actual hardware configuration on the xC ports It defines what type of physical interface is connected to the netX chip periphery Each array element represents an xC port port 0 3 of the netX 50 processor starting with port O in the first element Virtual DPM Size This array element represents the size of entire virtual DPM specified in bytes netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 78 241 Manufacturer Code Manufacturer Location The following value is used as manufacturer code manufacturer location Hilscher Gesellschaft fur Systemautomation mbH define RCX MANUFACTURER HILSCHER GMBH 0x0001 Production Date The production date entry is comprised of the calendar week and year starting in 2000 when the module was produced Both year and week are shown in hexadecimal notation If the value is equal to zero the manufacturer date is not set High Byte Lo
200. nd If for example the Ethernet cable is disconnected then the following green combination is displayed Green single flash SAFE OPERATIONAL off blinking and red double flash Process Data Watchdog Timeout single and double flash L A IN LED green Lia our reen RJ45 Ch1 af green Flashing The device sends receives Ethernet frames Q om No link established RJ45 ChO LED yellow RMSCM __ This LED is not used Table 28 LEDs EtherCAT Slave netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 57 241 LED State Definition for EtherCAT Slave for the RUN and ERR LEDs The indicator is constantly on The indicator is constantly off Blinking The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 2 5 Hz on for 200 ms followed by off for 200 ms Single Flash The indicator shows one short flash 200 ms followed by a long off phase 1 000 ms Double Flash The indicator shows a sequence of two short flashes each 200 ms separated by a short off phase 200 ms The sequence is finished by a long off phase 1 000 ms Table 29 LED State Definition for EtherCAT Slave for the RUN and ERR LEDs netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 58 241 9 3 3 LED EtherNet IP Adapt
201. nels are located e Atpins 10 to 12 and pins 21 to 23 always LED signals are located Pin Assignment netlC Common Pins at all Types The schematic illustration shows the common pin assignment of the netlC Communication ICs e The pins marked in blue color are the standard pins which do not depend from the Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus system e The red pins are used for LED signals depending on the communication system e The white pins represent communication lines of the communication system e Only the blue pins are relevant within the scope of this subsection 59 BOOTn SSO LOn S5iO DO ssio DI S810 Lin ool CLR RESETn 05 LED IN OUT p T IOUT IOUT tA IOUT e Figure 15 Pinning of netlC netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public 22 is so a 2 Ll EI 25 c E a E GND SHIF_RTS SPI CLK SPI Mode SHIF TXD SPI MISO SPI Mode SHIF RXD SPI MOSI SPI Mode DIAG RXD DIAG TXD GPIO Diag Config Made SP CS SPI Moda FBLED Diag Canfig Mode GND Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 104 241 The following table explains the assignment of pins and signals and also provides the direction and the meaning of these signals Pins of the left side BOOTn Start
202. nfiguration Tool gt Select Start gt Control Panel gt Software gt Press the button Remove in the list beside the entry netX Configuration Tool gt Answer the following question with yes The netX Configuration Tool will be removed netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Configuration via Modbus RTU 47 241 7 Configuration via Modbus RTU Having installed the netlC it now needs to be configured in order to be able to use it There are both protocol independent and protocol dependent settings to be made In general there are two different alternatives of which you have to choose one e Via netX Configuration Tool which is both the standard way and the easiest way e Via Modbus RTU Both ways are now described each in a separate own manual e Operation Instructions netX Configuration Tool for netlC netIc Configuration by netX Configuration Tool OI XX EN pdf e Application Note Protocol Parameter via Modbus Protocol Parameter via Modbus AN XX EN pdf netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Performance and Response Time 48 241 8 Performance and Response Time A basic information is how fast IO data can be exchanged with netlC The host interface of the netlC is a serial
203. nglish 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 98 241 3994 Send Packet Unsigned Ox2F10 3995 Command B 32 0x0000 3996 Send Packet Error Unsigned lio 3997 Code integer 32 bit 3998 Send Packet Size Unsigned 0x0028 integer 16 bit 3999 Send Packet Unsigned Packet ID any Identifier integer 16 value bit Table 60 Hegister Application Packet 3 Evaluate the system flag RX MBX FULL this flag is Bit 4 of Register 999 Only in case this flag has been set to TRUE an acyclic input data packet needs to be fetched from the input mailbox Concerning the RX MBX FULL flag also see Table 53 System Flags on page 86 of this document 4 f the confirmation packet of the Register Application request has been received RX MBX FULL must be set to 1 In this case read the confirmation packet using the MODBUS function code 23 or 3 as described in the fourth step of the preceding section You can identify this packet having the command code 0x00002F 11 in register pair 2994 2995 Prior to reception of such a packet no PROFINET IO Read Indication packets can be received 5 Now check for PROFINET IO Read Indications just in the same manner using the RX MBX FULL flag again If the flag is set to 1 then read the PROFINET IO Read Indication packet using the MODBUS function code 23 or 3 as described in the fourth step of the preceding section The data received beginning with register 2994 should comply with the subseq
204. nt For each netlC type an evaluation board is available for testing loading the Firmware and for the configuration for NIC50 REFO the NICEB REFO suits for all other types of netlC the NICEB suits The configuration is transmitted from the Host system or can be saved with the netX Configuration Tool as a configuration file on the netlC netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Description and Requirements 26 241 3 1 1 Description of the netiC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication ICs NIC 50 RE The netlC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 RE represents a complete single chip module with very compact dimensions as it is mounted into a DIL 32 package Depending of the loaded firmware DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 RE processes the communication of one of the following real time Ethernet systems E EtherCAT Slave EtherNet IP Adapter Slave e Open Modbus TCP e Powerlink Controlled Node Slave e PROFINET IO RT Device Sercos Slave e VARAN Client Slave Note You must decide which one of these systems you intend to use as only one firmware can be loaded at the same time and the adaptation to the desired real time Ethernet system is done by exchange of the firmware Depending on the loaded firmware a switch or a hub are integrated within the netIC Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Com
205. nt of pins to signals is as follows Pin Pin Description CANopen NIC 50 COS CAN GND Ground for CANopen Table 81 Pin Assignment CANopen Interface All signals not mentioned here are not connected netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 134 241 U36Q Isit R367 ur HE SO 5J H3680 i nate i aes au 278 2 S N36 2 yE IF 7 14 1 PB 13 J CPN L W HPL B681 2 vaes ZS ZN EEN x QR KTX MD Hi XB T3 V SP amine nnibas A KH8 HN PESDICAN HOPL BBL bin SMBLECLK MMIDB2 A372 ISUBMD p p EOD 1B XI CAN END Figure 39 Plan of CANopen Interface of NIC 50 COS Design Recommendations The NIC 50 COS can be connected to a 9 pole D Sub connector similarly to the design of the NICEB AIF CO adapter see section CANopen Adapter NICEB AIF CO on page 164 The signals and their corresponding pins on the connector are idi Pin CANopen Description of signal CAN L CANopen Data line L negative CAN H CANopen Data line H positive CAN GND Ground for CANopen Table 82 CANopen Interface of the NIC 50 COS Signals and Pins You should integrate an RC combination 1 MQ 15 nF between CAN GND and the protective earth into your design according to the following schematic illustration netlC DIL 32 Com
206. nternal Structure netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 137 241 13 2 5 2 Pin Assignment NIC 50 DNS The schematic illustration shows the pin assignment of the NIC 50 DNS 43V3 1 32 GND pou 2 31 EE ES Mode senem 5 30 Sel MISO m Mode ee 4 29 Sel MOSI GP Mode 88IO DI 5 28 DIAG RXD S510 Lin e 27 DIAG TXD soc IB BI Sonus RESETn e 2s FBLED Diag Config 33 5 24 GND MNS Anode red 10 23 MNS Anode green n c 1 22 n c n c 12 21 n c CANL ne CANLH 14 n c n c DN nc DN Figure 43 Pinning of NIC 50 DNS e Pins marked in white are specific to DeviceNet e Pins marked in light blue are common to all netlC Communication ICs e Pins marked in red are used for LED signals or not used netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 138 241 The following table explains the assignment of pins and signals and also provides the direction and the meaning of these signals Pin Signal Direction Explanation Ed O Notcomected O Netcomected o r
207. ominated as nLoadln It works as follows Signal at low level sets the flip flops of the shift registers at the level of their parallel input data Signal at high level saves the input data which then can be read out serially This signal represents the clock signal for the serial shift IO interface for input and output data Shifting or latching the data takes place with the leading edge of the SSIO CLK signal Table 67 Pins Serial Shift IO Interface Usually these pins are applied to connect to shift registers see below This is easily to be accomplished and allows you to enlarge the amount of available IO signals with external low cost shift registers As an example a complete schematic showing how to connect to shift registers is provided below It is based on the 74HC164 shift register circuit e 9 ss Figure 18 Proposal for the Design of the Serial Shift IO Interface netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 110 241 Figure 19 on page 110 and Figure 20 on page 111 contain precise timing diagrams of the SSIO signals for input and output Table 68 below contains minimum typical and maximum values for the relevant SSIO timing parameters related to these diagrams E ee E ts 4Byte ts 4Byte 0n 0n 167u
208. ommunication IC is to be integrated denominated as host device in the following proceed as follows 1 Step 1 In order to avoid damage or destruction adhere to the necessary safety precautions for components that are vulnerable by electrostatic discharge Part Electrostatically sensitive Devices To prevent damage to the host system and the netlC Communication NOTICE IC make sure that the netlC Communication IC is grounded and the host system and make sure that you are discharged when you mount dismount the netlC Communication IC USA NOTICE Electrostatically sensitive Devices To prevent damage to the host system and the netlC Communication IC make sure that the netlC Communication IC is grounded and the host system and make sure that you are discharged when you mount dismount the netlC Communication IC 2 Step 2 If necessary remove the housing of the host device according to the documentation supplied by the manufacturer of the host device Obey strictly to the respective instruction manual for this device A Lethal Electrical Shock caused by parts with more than 50V HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE may be inside of the device into which the netIC Communication IC is to be integrated First disconnect the power plug of the device into which the netlC Communication IC is to be integrated Make sure that the device is really free of electric power Avoid touching open contacts or ends of wires n any
209. on A to IEC EN 61000 4 6 1995 1kHz 0 15 80MHz 10V 80 Criterion A AM 1kHz for lines gt 3m Table 135 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency NIC 50 DNS netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 204 241 18 1 6 NIC 50 DPS Integrated memory 8 MB SDRAM PROFIBUS Supported communication PROFIBUS DP communication standard firmware PROFIBUS interface Transmission rate Fixed values ranging from 9 6 kBits s to 12 MBit s Interface type RS 485 Serial interface to host UART RXD TXD RTS Modbus RTU UART Baudrate 1 2 kBit s 2 4 kBit s 4 8 kBit s 9 6 kBit s default rate 19 2 kBit s 38 4 kBit s 5 6 kBit s 115 2 kBit s LEN SPI MOSI SPI MISO SPI CLK SPI CS E Select Typical value for 100 bit Serial I O Shift Register max 256 8 bit shift registers Interface Output max 256 8 bit shift registers SSIO Baudrate 5000000 Baud Maximum Diagnostic Interface UART RXD TXD Display LED Display SYS System Status SYS System Status Status Pins available with signals for external LEDs COM Communication status Communication COM Communication status Power supply 3 3 V 45 DC Table 136 Technical Data NIC 50 DPS Part 1 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English
210. onfiguration Tool for netlC netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC Ee netX Configuration Tool 185 241 DEK gt ap IO Device EA Vendor COM1 Hilscher GmbH Hw DevicelD 0 HW Vendor ID 1 Navigation netSTICK USB Driver 1 netX Serial Driver x COMI Interface Bus Startup Watchdog Time Address Mapping Data Swapping Ident Device iw Enable Bus Protocol Made Modbus Address Send Retries SPI Mode3 Interface type Frame Format Configuration RTS Control Modbus ATU Sync Serial IO Baud Rate Stop Bits Parity Data Mapping Lany Diagnostic Data Number of Register Number of Coils 10 Monitor Config Template NEW Response Timeout Firmware Version Configuration Modbus RTU Include Address and CRC Exclude Adress and CAC Include Address and CRC Automatic v DK Cancel Apply Help 1 0500 1 166 Figure 80 Modbus RTU Configuration Page in netX Configuration Tool Parameter Frame Format 16 2 3 Deactivating the SPI Mode You can deactivate the SPI Mode either via Modbus RTU or via the netX Configuration Tool netX Configuration Tool gt Deactivating the SPl Mode can be accomplished via the netX Configuration Tool by selecting on
211. onnect the host device to the power supply and then switch on the host device Adhere of the commissioning rules of the supplier of the device Check whether the device behaves normally 6 For deinstallation or replacement of the netlC see chapter 17 Decommissioning Deinstallation Replacement and Disposal on page 191 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Installing Software 45 241 6 Installing Software 6 1 Installing the netX Configuration Tool 6 1 1 Preconditions Configuration and diagnosis of the netlC Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC devices beside the NIC 50 REFO are performed using the NICEB evaluation board in case of the NIC 50 REFO the NICEB REFO evaluation board is used instead and a Windows based PC running the netX Configuration Tool communicating with the evaluation board via a serial connection The conditions which are necessary in order to work with the netX Configuration Tool are described in section Preconditions for Usage of NIC 50 Communication ICs together with Evaluation Boards NICEB on page 29 D 6 1 2 Short Description of netX Configuration Tool Installation The installation itself is then performed as follows Start the netX Configuration Tool setup program to install the netX Configuration Tool Therefore gt Close all application programs on the
212. or detailed information Page see section 14 Modbus RTU Starting the Communication and checking the Diagnostic Data How to quit the netX Configuration Tool Deactivate the configuration mode Click to Diagnostic in the navigation area Click to Start The communication to the Master is started gt Check the device communication with help of the displayed diagnostic data Open the extended Diagnostic pane gt Click Extended gt gt Note In diagnostic mode the following restrictions have to be taken into account Diagnosis is only possible on the Fieldbus side of the netlC A connection using the diagnostic interface interrupts the communication to the Modbus side In diagnostic mode the Output LEDs DOO DO15 are not serviced and the DIP switches are not read out gt OK or Cancel to quit the netX Configuration Tool Only for firmware versions prior to 1 3 0 0 On the Evaluation Board press the button T3 already mentioned before in step 3 to deactivate the configuration mode The FBLED on the NICEB REFO will turn off then indicating that the configuration mode is inactive Hint Only when the configuration mode is inactive the Modbus RTU communication is possible For performing Modbus RTU communication a suitable master is necessary gt As Modbus RTU Master for example the program ModScan32 with costs no Hilscher product can be used gt Select the type of serial interfa
213. orted Real Time PROFINET IO Device Ethernet communication systems determined by the loaded firmware Ethernet interface 100 MBit s Half duplex Full duplex supported at 100 MBit s Serial interface to host UART RXD TXD RTS Modbus R TU UART Baudrate 1 2 kBit s 2 4 kBit s 4 8 kBit s 9 6 kBit s default rate 19 2 kBit s 38 4 kBit s 57 6 kBit s 115 2 kBit s SPI MOSI SPI MISO SPI CLK SPI CS Chip Select Typical value for 100 bit Serial I O Shift Register not supported Interface I2C Interface I2 400 kBit s PI i C Bau I2C Address Port Extender 0x20 LED Signals drate I2CAdresses QFBR 0x50 0x51 5978AZ Diagnosis Fiber Optic Transceiver Diagnostic Interface UART RXD TXD Table 124 Technical Data NIC 50 REFO Part 1 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 197 241 NIC 50 REFO Parameter vau SS 50 REFO Parameter Value Display LED Display SYS System Status Pins available with signals for external LEDs P COM1 Communication P Ethemet activity status Ethemet link status Power supply Voltage 3 3 V 5 DC Current at 3 3 V i 400 mA Power Power Consumption app 13W app 13W 3 W Environmental conditions Ambient temperature depending on used heat sink range for operation NIC 50 REFO with original 20 70
214. otocol API XX EN pdf Protocol API Manual Protocol API English Version Powerlink Controlled Description of Powerlink Controlled Powerlink Controlled Node Protocol API XX node Protocol API Node Protocol API EN pdf English Version Manual PROFINET IO Device Description of PROFINET IO RT PROFINET 1O RT IRI Device Protocol Protocol API Manual IRT Device Protocol API V3 API pdf English Version Sercos Slave Protocol Description of Sercos Slave Protocol SERCOS III Slave Protocol API XX EN pdf API Manual API V3 English Version CANopen Slave Description of CANopen Slave CANopen Slave Protocol API XX EN pdf Protocol API Manual Protocol API English Version VARAN Client Protocol Description of VARAN Client VARAN Client Protocol API XX EN pdf API Manual Protocol API CC Link Slave Protocol Description of CC Link Slave CC Link Slave Protocol API XX EN pdf API Manual Protocol API English Version DeviceNet Slave Description of DeviceNet Slave DeviceNet Slave Protocol API XX EN pdf Protocol API Manual Protocol API English Version PROFIBUS DP Slave Description of PROFIBUS DP Slave PROFIBUS DP Slave Protocol API XX EN pdf Protocol API Manual Protocol API English Version netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 14 241 Table 7 Available Documentation netlC DIL 32 Communication IC
215. p of the transformer and the unused cable lines a resistor and capacitor combination 1 nF 2000 V 75 Q has to be connected like in the following schematic jo 365 t T IEG L i t iE e p t l Ls pil 7570 yells T T gn Ii 1 G og T I Ss Figure 25 Proposal for the Design of the Real Time Ethernet Interface of the NIC 50 RE netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 118 241 The transformers 2x H1102 or 1x H1270 or similar can be used Pulse The following requirements apply for suitable magnetics e Symmetric type e Ratio 1 1 e Center tap For noise immunity we recommend to connect the housing of the RJ45 connector to earth ground directly netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 119 241 13 2 2 Real Time Ethernet DIL 32 Communication IC NIC 50 REFO Figure 26 Photo NIC 50 REFO with original Heat Sink 13 2 2 1 NIC 50 REFO Block Diagram The following block diagram illustrates both how to apply the NIC 50 REFO and how it is structured internally 3 3V 4 32
216. pe A should be used Capacity 30 pF m Table 110 Characteristics of PROFIBUS certified Cable netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Communication 172 241 15 Communication 15 1 Sercos This section describes which registers the host application must read and write in order to accomplish exchange of I O data via Sercos e At data transfer from the master to the slave netlC the Sercos Master sets control data within the MDT Connection Control and IO Control which must be evaluated and checked in the Sercos Slave by the Host e At data transfer from the slave to the master the Host sets status data in the AT Connection Control and IO Status which must be evaluated and checked in the Sercos master In order to integrate control and status data into the data model of the netlC we start from the following example configuration Profile FSP IO Control data at data transfer from master to the slave Connection Control Input data area Register 1000 If 4 0 IO Control Input data area Register 1001 iro Data to be used Input data area From Register 1002 Status data at data transfer from slave to the master Connection Control Output data area Register 2000 If 0 IO Status Output data area Register 2001 If 2 22 Data to be used Output data area From Register 2002 soon I SERCS gi LF
217. power up respectively after reset The protocol stack counts all sorts of errors in this field no matter if they were network related or caused internally After power cycling reset or channel initialization this counter is being cleared again Communication Error This field holds the current error code of the communication channel If the cause of error is resolved the communication error field is set to zero 7 RCX COMM SUCCESS again Error codes depend on implementation of protocol stack They are listed in the Protocol API Manual of the respective protocol stack in chapter Status Error Codes netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 14 241 Communication State The communication state field contains information regarding the current network status of the communication channel Depending on the implementation all or a subset of the definitions below is supported Communic Symbolic constant ues ation State y value UNKNOWN 000000000 Table 43 Possible Values of Communication State Received Packet Size This register contains the size of the last message received System Flags The system flags are described in detail in the section System Flags of this document see page 66 Input Data Image This area is used for cyclic input data If the host wants to read in data over Real Time Eth
218. preted as leading edge e 1 Clock Idle High The clock signal is inverted The clock is normally HIGH a change to LOW will be interpreted as leading edge e The phase parameter CPHA Clock Phase defines at which edge i e leading or falling edge data are read or put out e 0 Data are read at leading edge and put out at falling edge e 1 Data are read at falling edge and put out at leading edge The table below illustrates the relation between the SPI modes on one hand and the parameters CPOL and CPHA on the other hand Mode CPOL CPHA Edge for data take over Supported by netlC o Jo lo First edge High Not supported o qus a Second edge Low Not supported Pa b G ll First edge Low Not supported Table 113 Relation between SPI Modes and Parameters CPOL CPHA The netlC only supports the SPI Mode 3 e g Polarity CPOL 1 and Phase CPHA 1 This setting is fixed and cannot be changed therefore Taking over of data is done at the second edge High netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 183 241 16 2 The netlC as SPI Device 16 2 1 Mode of Operation Chip Select The netlC can only be operated as a slave device within SPI systems For SPI operation the SPI mode must explicitly be activated in the netlC as described subsequently Section 16 2 2 A
219. r to perform them only once during the first execution of the loop This is necessary as step 2 requires a result of step 1 i e availability of TX MBX FULL Register 999 Bit 5 and therefore cannot be executed outside of the loop Before reception of indications is possible first a Register Application Packet must have been sent This functionality is available in all Hilscher protocol stacks In order to check whether sending of packets is currently possible evaluate the current value of system flag TX MBX FULL Register 999 Bit 5 This needs to be O if sending of packets is currently available If this is the case the packet containing a reduced rcX header Addresses 3994 up to 3999 can be sent using the MODBUS function code for writing FC 16 MODBUS FC 16 Value Example Device Address Modbus Device Address The device address with which the NIC50 RE has been configured via either the netX Configuration Tool or an Function Code Write multiple registers Data Address Write Offset of first register to B be written Data Count Write Number of registers to be written Data Data to be written follow Data of Register here Application Packet Table 56 MODBUS function code 16 for writing the Register Application Packet The registers 3994 Send Packet Command 3996 Send Packet Error Code 3998 Send Packet Size and 3999 Send Packet Identifier must have been set accordingly when sending the Register Applica
220. rCAT conformance requirements For example certain communication parameters are set by a software stack in which case the actual software implementation in the device application determines whether or not the network interface can pass the EtherCAT conformance test In such cases conformance test of the end product must be passed to ensure that the implementation does not affect network compliance Generally implementations of this kind require in depth knowledge in the operating fundamentals of EtherCAT To find out whether or not a certain type of implementation can pass conformance testing and requires such testing contact EtherCAT Technology Group ETG www ethercat org and or your nearest EtherCAT conformance test centre EtherCAT may allow the combination of an untested end product with a conformant network interface Although this may in some cases make it possible to sell the end product without having to perform network conformance tests this approach is generally not endorsed by Hilscher In case of questions contact Hilscher and or your nearest ETG representative 19 1 4 Membership and Network Logo Generally membership in the network organization and a valid Vendor ID are prerequisites in order to be able to test the end product for conformance This also applies to the use of the EtherCAT name and logo which is covered by the ETG marking rules Vendor ID Policy accepted by ETG Board of Directors November 5 2008 19
221. rameters for the Tool for netlC 50 slave to be used If you are not sure about the meaning of a single configuration parameter we recommend to read the respective documentation or to choose the default value Data Mapping button Modbus RTU or Data Mapping Manual netX Configuration Parameters Set the configuration parameters for Tool for netlC 50 device dependent Modbus RTU or Data Mapping Downloading and save Click to Apply See Operating Instruction the Firmware and the The firmware and the configuration are Manual netX Configuration Configuration downloaded to the device Tool for netlC 50 The configuration is saved to the device This may last some seconds Signaling of the COM LED will change after LED successful configuration details depend from the communication system Configure the Real Time A PROFINET IO Controller with fiber optical Ethernet and connect it Ethernet interface is necessary to the NICEB REFO Configure this PROFINET IO Controller gt Connect it to the Fiber Optical Ethernet port of the NICEB REFO using a Fiber Optical Ethernet cable according to SC RJ specification Configuring the Modbus Click in the navigation area to the push See Operating Instruction E For more see next page netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started Description F
222. rates data in this connection If the producer did toggle the New Data Bit the consumer may evaluate and process it Connection New Data Bit 1000 Bit 1 New Producer Data Control O lt gt 1 Initial value in CP4 is 0 Each toggling switching from 0 to 1 or vice versa announces new data in the connection Then the data are exchanged between the connection and the application The value of bit 1 should always be identical to the value of bit 12 of Connection Control IO Control Operation 1001 Bit 15 Outputs inactive Substitute values have State been activated Outputs Bit Outputs activated Communication from Slave to Master AT Connection Producer 2000 Bit 0 This bit should be set to the value 0 if the Control ready bit Slave has declared its data as invalid The producer does not yet generate any data in this connection The producer generates data in this connection If producer did toggle the New Data Bit the consumer may evaluate and process it Connection New Data Bit 2000 Bit 1 New Producer Data Control O lt gt 1 Initial value in CP4 is 0 Each toggling switching from 0 to 1 or vice versa announces new data in the connection Then the data are exchanged between the connection and the application The value of bit 1 should always be identical to the value of bit 12 of Connection Control lO Status Inputs valid 2001 Bit 14 Inputs invalid for instance local bus bit communication error Inputs valid IO Status Ou
223. re 46 Photo NIC 50 DPS 13 2 6 1 Block Diagram NIC 50 DPS The following block diagram illustrates both how to apply the NIC 50 DPS and how it is structured internally 3 3V 32 GND SHIF_RTS am ait SPI_CLK Host seria SSIO LO 30 SHIF TXD SPI MISO Modbus RTU eria SHIF_RXD shift SSIO DO d SPI MOSI Register for SSIO DI 28 DIAG_RXD Diagnostic digital Input SSIO LI 27 DIAG TXD Configuration and Output 7 Hu SSIO CLK 26 GPIO SPI_CS Diag Config Mode wu FBLED Reset TNT a Diag Config 3 3V GND COM LED v ad 2 COM LED Anode red Anode green 22 21 PROFIBUS 20 19 18 E Figure 47 NIC 50 DPS Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOC080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 142 241 13 2 6 2 Pin Assignment NIC 50 DPS The schematic illustration shows the pin assignment of the NIC 50 DPS 3V3 1 32 GND SHIF RTS BOOTn 2 31 SPI CLK SPI Mode mE SHIF TxD SSIO LOn 3 30 SPI MISO SPI Moda SHIF RXD ssio Do 4 9 SPI MOSI SPI Mode SSIO Di 5 28 DIAG RXD S810 Lin e 27 DIAG TXO 7 GPIO Diag Canfig Made SSIO CLK 7 26 SPI CS SPI Moda RESETn e 25 FBLED Diag Config Mode RAS e Power 24 GND COM Anode red 10 LED 23 COM Anod
224. requency of 2 5 Hz on for 200 ms followed by off for 200 ms Single Flash The indicator shows one short flash 200 ms followed by a long off phase 1 000 ms Double Flash The indicator shows a sequence of two short flashes each 200 ms separated by a short off phase 200 ms The sequence is finished by a long off phase 1 000 ms Table 22 LED State Definition for CANopen Slave for the CAN LED netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 93 241 9 2 4 LED CC Link Slave The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the netlC NIC 10 CCS and NIC 50 CCS device when the firmware of the CC Link Slave protocol is loaded to the device L RUN Duo LED red green L ERR 1 Before participating in the network Name in the 2 Unable to detect carrier device 3 Timeout drawing 4 Resetting hardware COM wi On Receive both refresh and polling signals or just the refresh green signal normally after participating in the network Blinking The switch setting has been changed from the setting at the red reset cancellation blinks for 0 4 sec wi On 1 CRC error red 2 Address parameter error 0 65 or greater is set including the number of occupied stations 3 Baud rate switch setting error during cancellation of reset 5 or greater Table 23 LEDs CC Link Slave netlC DIL 32
225. rite Write multiple registers registers zm Address Write Eso cal of first register to E be written Data Count Write Number of registers to 12 n be written Data Data to be written follow here Table 58 Modbus function code 16 for writing the Read Response Packet The registers 3994 Send Packet Command 3996 Send Packet Error Code 3998 Send Packet Size and 3999 Send Packet Identifier and the contents of the Read Response Packet must have been set accordingly when sending the Read Response Packet netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 97 241 12 5 5 Example Reception and Acknowledgement of an arriving PROFINET IO Read Request In order to clarify the concept explained in the preceding subsection we discuss the example of an acyclic PROFINET IO Read Request arriving during running cyclic data communication here We start with the following situation e ANIC50 RE with loaded PROFINET IO Device Firmware V3 NIC50 RE PNS works as IO Device Slave on the PROFINET side and also as slave on the MODBUS RTU side e A PROFINET IO Controller connected to this NIC50 RE PNS sends a PROFINET IO read request to the NIC50 RE PNS This causes a PROFINET IO Device Read Indication to occur at the NIC50 RE PNS Proceed as follows 1 Read and write the cyclic data within a loop using MODBUS FC 2
226. rly be recognized on Figure 52 Photo of Evaluation Board NICEB with Positions of Jumpers X4 X6 X8 on page 147 They are used for the configuration of the type of serial interface for Modbus communication A precise description of the interface configuration is available at section Host Interface Connector and Hardware Interface Configuration of this document especially in Table 92 Configuration of Hardware Interface to Host depending on Jumper Settings 14 1 3 Switches Push Buttons The following switches push buttons can be set see photo below e RESET T1 e BOOT T2 e CONFIG T3 GPIO T A 757 i ai i B ue im i LE Cw lasi ETY serilere OTH 18 ire WAS J1KN el zeion e L Figure 53 Photo of Evaluation Board NICEB with Positions of Switches T1 T3 and LEDs netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netlC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 149 241 These push buttons are used for providing the following functions RESET T1 left netlC reset If this push button is pressed the NIC 50 stops immediately and goes into reset state i e a hardware reset is performed BOOT T2 center Boot start If this push button is pressed during power on the NIC 50 goes into the boot start mode The netX ROM loader will be activated CONFIG right Firmware versions prior to 1 3 12
227. rt Phone 81 0 3 5362 0521 E Mail jp support hilscher com Korea Hilscher Korea Inc Suwon Gyeonggi 443 734 Phone 82 0 31 695 5515 E Mail info hilscher kr Switzerland Hilscher Swiss GmbH 4500 Solothurn Phone 41 0 32 623 6633 E Mail info hilscher ch Support Phone 49 0 6190 9907 99 E Mail ch support hilscher com USA Hilscher North America Inc Lisle IL 60532 Phone 1 630 505 5301 E Mail info hilscher us Support Phone 1 630 505 5301 E Mail us support hilscher com netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014
228. s e Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System and e Module specific Information on the netlC 13 1 General Information about netlC 13 1 1 Block Diagram and Pin Assignment netlC General Block Diagram The following block diagram illustrates both how to apply the netlC and how itis structured internally 3 3V GND u SHIF_RTS nicis l SPI_CLK SSIO LO EI SHIF_TXD SPI Miso HOS Modbus RTU eria SHIF RXD Shift 99 0 DO EJ SPI MOSI Register for SSIO DI 5 DIAG RXD Diagnostic digital Input IO LI DIAG TXD Configuration and Output SSIO E e SSIO CLK GPIO SPI CS Diag Config Mode Ho FBLED Diag Config Common part 3 3V GND Common part Bus system Bus system specific part LEDs LEDs specific part Communication Channel 0 Communication Channel 1 E Figure 14 netlC General Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure Pins 1 to 9 and 24 to 32 are generally used in the same way at all netlC Communication ICs while the pins 10 to 23 are used for communication system specific individual signals netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System This is done as follows e At pins 13 to 20 signals of one Fieldbus or two Real time Ethernet Communication chan
229. s 000 T 167us 000 Depends on setting e of ae time 3 45 us lt i Table 68 Minimum typical and maximum Values in SSIO Interface Timing Diagram SSIO CLK SSIO LOn SSIO DO SSIO LIn Figure 19 Timing Diagram of SSIO Interface for Input netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 111 241 Figure 20 Timing Diagram of SSIO Interface for Output netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Design In Integration of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC into the Host System 112 241 13 1 5 Diagnostic Interface Pins 27 28 represent the diagnostic interface of the netlC Communication ICs It consists of Sa Pm Bein DIAG TXD This is the transmit data signal of the Diagnostic Interface DIAG RXD This is the receive data signal of the Diagnostic Interface Table 69 Pin Assignment Diagnostic Interface The diagnostic interface of the netlC consists of normal UART signals for transmit and receive data Normally they are connected with a RS232 driver as the physical interface to a host or a PC The default interface settings of the diagnostic serial interface at start up are e
230. s RTU Slave at the serial host interface e In order to activate the watchdog functionality the flag WDG ON must be set within the Command Register Register 1999 e n order to deactivate the watchdog functionality the flag WDG_OFF must be set there Whether the watchdog functionality is activated is indicated with the WDG_ON flag in System Register Register 999 The watchdog functionality can be activated or deactivated by the host at any time during runtime by setting or clearing the respective bit The watchdog time may be adjusted by the netX Configuration Tool Principle of Function If the watchdog functionality has been activated by setting the corresponding bit the Modbus RTU Master must send valid Modbus requests within the configured watchdog time As soon as the netlC has received a valid request it will trigger the watchdog again If the netlC is not addressed in the defined watchdog time the fieldbus interface and the synchronous serial interface will automatically caused to be brought into a secure state In this context secured state means cleared outputs for the synchronous serial interface In general triggering the watchdog function at the Field bus will also cause clearing of input and output data It can also cause reactions which are defined as secure state for the specific Field bus in question For instance diagnostic informations can be sent to assigned master Details concerning this topic ar
231. s a telegram the slave confirms 1 2 M lt S lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt Slave STA_RXD The master polls for the answer the slave returns BUSY 2 2 lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt Slave STA_BUSY The master polls the slave returns the answer Slave STA_RSP Table 116 Example FC3 16 3 3 Example FC16 Writing of multiple registers with FC16 Write 2 registers beginning with address 2000 Seq Direction Datastream Master Slave Status The master sends a telegram the slave confirms The master polls for the answer the slave returns BUSY Table 117 Example FC 16 16 3 4 Example FC23 16 3 4 1 Example FC23 without CRC Combined reading and writing of multiple registers with FC23 Read 2 registers beginning with address 1000 and write 1 register beginning with address 2000 Seq Direction Data stream Master Slave Status The master sends a telegram the slave confirms lt 17 gt lt 03 gt lt E8 gt lt 00 gt lt 02 gt lt 07 gt lt D0 gt lt 00 gt 01 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt The master polls for the answer the slave returns BUSY lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt Master STA_TXD Slave STA_RXD Master STA_POLL Slave STA_BUSY M gt S lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt The master polls the slave returns the answer lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt lt 00 gt
232. s for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus for Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus gt Hint All these documents are available on the DVD delivered with the netlC evaluation boards NICEB and NICEB REFO underneath the directory Documentation netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 15 241 1 4 Legal Notes 1 4 1 Copyright Hilscher 2008 2014 Hilscher Gesellschaft fur Systemautomation mbH All rights reserved The images photographs and texts in the accompanying material user manual accompanying texts documentation etc are protected by German and international copyright law as well as international trade and protection provisions You are not authorized to duplicate these in whole or in part using technical or mechanical methods printing photocopying or other methods to manipulate or transfer using electronic systems without prior written consent You are not permitted to make changes to copyright notices markings trademarks or ownership declarations The included diagrams do not take the patent situation into account The company names and product descriptions included in this document may be trademarks or brands of the respective owners and may be trademarked or patented Any form of further use requires the explicit consent of the respective rights owner 1 4 2 Important Notes The user manual
233. se evaluation board NICEB REFO instead also see next section 3 The device must have been configured correctly using the netX Configuration Tool or via Modbus see section Configuration via Modbus RTU on page 47 4 A suitable power supply for the required voltage range is required A m For permissible ranges of supply voltage and environmental conditions required for operation see section Technical Data netlC DIL 32 Communication ICs on page 193 Additionally all safety precautions described in the preceding chapter must be adhered netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Description and Requirements 29 241 3 4 Preconditions for Usage of NIC 50 Communication ICs together with Evaluation Boards NICEB respectively NICEB REFO In the following situations it is necessary to use the netlC Communication IC device mounted in the evaluation board NICEB in case of the NIC 50 REFO the evaluation board NICEB REFO e You want to change or download the configuration data e You want to download the firmware to the DIL 32 Communication IC device You want to access diagnosis functionality with the evaluation board For firmware download the following Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus communication protocols can be chosen DIL 32 Communication IC Applicable protocol firmware Model NIC 50 R
234. se with other netlC Communication ICs than the NIC 50 REFO In this case use the Evaluation Board NICEB Hilscher article number 1540 000 GB No CE Sign The Evaluation Board NICEB REFO has only been designed for test use It has no CE sign and it has not been tested regarding its emission and immunity behavior Therefore it is not suited for use in an industrial production environment 2 3 Personnel Qualification The netlC Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication ICs must only be installed configured and removed by qualified personnel Professional qualification in the following specific areas of electrical engineering is required e Security and protection of health at work Mounting and attaching of electrical equipment e Measurement and analysis of electrical functions and systems Evaluation of the security of electrical equipment 2 4 References Safety 1 ANSI Z535 6 2006 American National Standard for Product Safety Information in Product Manuals Instructions and Other Collateral Materials 2 IEC 60950 1 Information technology equipment Safety Part 1 General requirements IEC 60950 1 2005 modified German Edition EN 60950 1 2006 3 EN 61340 5 1 and EN 61340 5 2 as well as IEC 61340 5 1 and IEC 61340 5 2 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Safety 21 241
235. sensitive Devices To prevent damage to the host system and the netlC Communication IC make sure that the netlC Communication IC is grounded and the host system and make sure that you are discharged when you mount dismount the netlC Communication IC USA NOTICE Electrostatically sensitive Devices To prevent damage to the host system and the netlC Communication IC make sure that the netlC Communication IC is grounded and the host system and make sure that you are discharged when you mount dismount the netlC Communication IC Step 1 If necessary remove the housing of the host device according to the documentation supplied by the manufacturer of the host device Obey strictly both to the following safety instruction and to the respective instruction manual for this device Lethal Electrical Shock caused by parts with more than 50V HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE may be inside of the device into which the netlC Communication IC is to be integrated First disconnect the power plug of the device into which the netlC Communication IC is to be integrated Make sure that the device is really free of electric power n any case strictly adhere to the instructions given in the documentation of the device provided by its manufacturer Definitely avoid touching open contacts or ends of wires Open the device and install or remove the netlC Communication IC only after having completed all of the preceding steps USA netlC
236. ses due to unauthorized use 1 4 4 Warranty Although the hardware and software was developed with utmost care and tested intensively Hilscher Gesellschaft fur Systemautomation mbH does not guarantee its suitability for any purpose not confirmed in writing It cannot be guaranteed that the hardware and software will meet your requirements that the use of the software operates without interruption and that the software is free of errors No guarantee is made regarding infringements violations of patents rights of ownership or the freedom from interference by third parties No additional guarantees or assurances are made regarding marketability freedom of defect of title integration or usability for certain purposes unless they are required in accordance with the law and cannot be limited Warranty claims are limited to the right to claim rectification 1 4 5 Export Regulations The delivered product including the technical data is subject to export or import laws as well as the associated regulations of different counters in particular those of Germany and the USA The software may not be exported to countries where this is prohibited by the United States Export Administration Act and its additional provisions You are obligated to comply with the regulations at your personal responsibility We wish to inform you that you may require permission from state authorities to export re export or import the product netlC DIL 32 Communicatio
237. stallation Free space on hard disk 50 MByte DVD ROM drive RAM min 256 MByte Graphics resolution min 1024 x 768 pixels Keyboard and mouse 3 4 1 1 Limitations when using netX Configuration Tool When using the netX Configuration Tool the following restrictions apply Important Limitation for PROFINET IO Only 4 input modules of each 64 bytes words at maximum and 4 output modules of each 64 bytes words at maximum can be configured with the netX Configuration Tool Therefore the total amount of input data and output data as well that can be used when configuring the netlC with netX Configuration Tool is limited to 256 bytes words Important Limitation for PROFIBUS DP Only 4 input modules of each 64 bytes words at maximum and 4 output modules of each 64 bytes words at maximum can be configured with the netX Configuration Tool For all other communication systems no such restrictions apply netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 31 241 4 Getting Started 4 1 Steps how to install and configure the netlC Communication IC Devices with the Evaluation Board Before the Steps how to install and configure the netlC Communication IC Devices with the Evaluation Board are described the following figures are shown which are referenced in the step by step description e The figure
238. t CC Link Interface CC Link Interface of the NIC 10 CCS Signals and Pins Pinning of NIC 50 COS Pin Assignment CANopen Interface CANopen Interface of the NIC 50 COS Signals and Pins Pinning of NIC 50 DNS Pin Assignment DeviceNet Interface DeviceNet Interface of the NIC 50 DNS Signals and Pins Pinning of NIC 50 DPS Pin Assignment PROFIBUS Interface PROFIBUS DP Interface of the NIC 50 DPS Signals and Pins Push Buttons of Evaluation Board NICEB and their respective Functions LEDs of Evaluation Board NICEB and their respective Signals Pinning of the Diagnostic Interface Connector Configuration of Hardware Interface to Host depending on Jumper Settings Pin Assignment of Connector X5 Ethernet Interface Channel 0 and Channel 1 Pin Assignment 239 241 87 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 99 100 104 107 108 109 110 112 113 116 117 121 122 124 125 129 129 130 133 133 134 138 138 139 143 143 144 149 149 150 151 153 155 Jumpers J70 and J71 Configuration for normal operation and for enabling activation of the ROM Boot Loader in conjunction with ComproX tool LEDs of Evaluation Board NICEB REFO and their respective Signals CC Link Interface of NICEB AIF CC Maximum length Maximum length Minimum distance between two devices CANopen Interface of NICEB AIF CO Characteristics of CAN certified Cable Wire Gauge DeviceNet Interface of NICEB AIF DN DeviceNet Segment Length in dependence of the Baud ra
239. t X5 e Ethernet Connectors X50 These connectors described in detail subsequently 14 1 5 1 Power Connector The power supply of the NICEB evaluation board has to be connected to the power connector X100 The power supply voltage must be in the range between 9V and 30V DC However operation at 24 V is recommended The input is protected against incorrect wiring by a diode VCC GND Figure 54 External Power Supply Connector 14 1 5 2 Diagnostic Interface Connector The diagnostic interface of the netlC is connected via RS232 drivers to the 9 pin male D Sub connector X3 The following table shows the pinning of the connector 12345 6789 Figure 55 Diagnostic Interface Connector Ground over 100 Ohm resistor Transmit Data from netlC Receive Data to netlC Return To Send signal from netlC Table 91 Pinning of the Diagnostic Interface Connector 14 1 5 3 Host Interface Connector and Hardware Interface Configuration The evaluation board contains a physical interface to the host This interface X2 has been implemented as a 9 pin D Sub connector see illustration below netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 151 241 5432 1 987 6 Figure 56 9 Pin D Sub Connector used as Host Interface Connector It can be configured by 3 jumpers denominated as X6 X
240. t sink of the NIC 50 RE is on the opposite side of the module compared to the netlC Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC modules see position of the netX chip in Table 12 Position of the tag of the netlC devices on page 32 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Annex 19 4 2 Device Drawing NIC 50 RE NHS without Heat Sink and PCB Thermal Pad Moreover there is a NIC 50 RE version without the original Hilscher heat sink NIC 50 RE NHS When the NIC 50 RE NHS is used it is necessary to apply a PCB heat sink instead of the original heat sink L08100 NIC RE ase 223 241 UGNI Figure 82 Device Drawing NIC 50 RE NHS without Heat Sink Special Design Rules for optimal Cooling Conditions when using the NIC 50 RE NHS without original Hilscher Heat sink over a PCB Heat sink Usage of special thermal pad to contact directly to the heat sink of the PCB Thickness 0 5 mm compressible On both sides of the PCB there must be a copper heat sink area of approx 900 mm 20 mm x 45 mm with a thickness of at least 35um The heat sink area where the netX is to be mounted has to be metalized with Ni Au The other area of the heat sink with no contact to the netX has to be coated with standard PCB solder resist A metalized area is not allowed there In the heat sink area of the netX chip there must be inserted therma
241. t via Register 102 103 There is also the possibility of an automatic baud rate detection The following values are available netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 83 241 Vue menns OSS 36 273 Automatic baud rate detection SPI is used Serial I O Shift Register interface thus restricted to 500 Baud 100000 100000 Baud 1000000 1000000 Baud Table 49 Possible Values for the Baud Rate of the Serial I O Shift Register Interface The number of Input Bytes of the Serial I O Shift Register interface can be set in register 105 The allowed range of values contains all integer values between 0 and 256 The number of Output Bytes of the Serial I O Shift Register interface can be set in register 104 The allowed range of values contains all integer values between 0 and 256 e The input and output data are copied to the Output Data Image respectively to the Input Data Image The Offset Address in each area can be configured individually registers 112 and 113 respectively e For the supervision of the Serial I O Shift Register interface a watchdog timer is available It can be activated by writing the watchdog time a value in the range 20 to 65535 specified in milliseconds into register 114 Writing the value O into register 114 will deactivate the watchdog timer For more information on s
242. ta The first two bytes of the area nput Data contain the Connection Control the next to bytes the IO Status Due to the applied little endian representation the bytes receive the values 0x01 or in toggled state 0x03 0x00 0x00 and OxCO in this order Then the data to be transmitted follow here in this order OXDD OxCC OxBB andOxAA netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Communication 180 241 In the IO Monitor the test data of this example look like this B netDevice Diagnose CIFX RE S3M CIFX RE S3M gt 1 E mmm EA Ger t CIFX RE S3M Ger te ID CIFX_RE 53M i Em Hersteller Hilscher GmbH Hersteller ID Ox03E8 DT Navigationsbereich EI E 4 Monitor E3 Diagnose Firmware Diagnose Spalten 10 v Anzeigemodus Hexadezimal Allgemeindiagnose Eingangsdaten Masterdiagnose Station Diagnosis 23 Erweiterte Diagnose zy RX SYSTEM DPM COMO SMBX DPM COMO RMBX MARSHALLER PACKET ROUTER E Werkzeuge Paket berwachung ix E A Monitor Process Image Monitor Offset 0000 Go 01 0 03 4 05 06 OF 08 09 000i annas 00 00 co DD CC BB AA 00 00 z 000A 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 00 w 0014 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 00 DOE 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 10 00 00 0028 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 IU 00 00 0032 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oO 10 00 hi Ausgangsdaten Offset 0007 Go Abbreche
243. ta FC 3 6 16 23 Write and Read back It should be noted however that depending on the device manufacturer and device type the data area in the device may be present or not and two data areas can be combined into one data region For example discrete inputs and input registers can be a common data area which can be accessed with read FC 2 and FC 4 Further FC 1 and FC 3 are used instead of reading back the inputs to read the outputs A standard for serial communication developed by Schneider Automation that is used for communication of the host with the NIC 50 RE It uses the Modbus Data Model networX on chip next generation of communication controllers netX Configuration Tool Object Dictionary Open Modbus TCP PROFINET The netX Configuration Tool allows users to operate cifX or netX based devices in different networks Its graphical user interface serves as a configuration tool for the installation configuration and Diagnostic of the devices An object dictionary is a storage area for device parameter data structures It is accessed in standardized manner A communication system for Industrial Ethernet designed and developed by Schneider Automation and maintained by the Modbus IDA organization based on the Modbus protocols for serial communication A communication system for Industrial Ethernet designed and developed by PROFIBUS International It uses some mechanisms similar to those of the PROFIBUS
244. ta Path shows that the System and Network Data red area can be copied in a configurable structure at any place at the RTE Fieldbus Output Area With these mechanisms it is possible to generate an application specific Data Model of the Host System to the input and output data areas Unused areas are initialized with the value 0 Addressing the Registers in the Modbus Telegram and in SPI Figure Register Area on page 69 shows the addresses of the registers starting with 0 These addresses have to be used both in the Modbus RTU telegramm and when using SPI Addressing the Registers on Application Level In practice at Modbus Master systems various addressing methods are applied on application level In the user interface of the software the first register accessible with function code 3 or 16 is addressed with 40001 the second one with 40002 and so on This is the most frequently used kind of addressing The software within the Modbus RTU Master internally converts the address 40001 to the value O prior to sending the master telegram to the Modbus Slave Table 40 Mapping of register addresses various Modbus HTU Master shows up further commonly used kinds of addressing Register address Register Function codes 3 and 16 address Modbus Master Modbus Master Modbus Master Modbus Master Register in with typical with extended Adressierung Adressierung the telegram addressing addressing startet mit 0 startet mit 1 and in the netiC
245. table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the NIC 50 RE device when the firmware of the Sercos Slave protocol is loaded to the device STA LED THES orange red green simultaneously Name in CP4 Communication phase 4 the device o Normal operation no error drawing COM 0 Loopback The network state has changed from fast forward to loopback Communication Error Depends on IDN S 0 1003 for details refer to SERCOS III Slave Protocol API pdf on the product CD Shows how long the Master may in the communication phases CP3 and CP4 not received Master SYNC T telegrams SIII C1D red Error detected according to Sercos Class 1 Diagnosis wl CPO CP3 orange Communication phase 0 to Communication phase 3 d Flashing 4 Hz Identification Bit 15 in the Slave device control that orange indicates remote address allocation or configuration errors Flashing 4 Hz red The LED green flashes at least for 2 seconds from red to between Master and Slaves for details refer to SERCOS III Slave Protocol API pdf on the product CD off NoSercos Communication Name in Duo LED red green the device This LED is not used drawing COM 1 L A RJ45 LED green Cho amp Ch1 On Link A connection to the Ethernet exists green Flashing Activity The device sends receives Ethernet frames green of The device has no connection to the Ethernet RJ45 LED yello
246. tandards of CANopen Slave NIC 50 COS only CC Link Slave NIC 10 CCS only e DeviceNet Slave NIC 50 DNS only e PROFIBUS DP Slave NIC 50 DPS only Note For each type of Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication IC the suitable firmware must be loaded The file name can be retrieved from Table 4 The firmware corresponding to the Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus system can be chosen by the icon in the netX Configuration Tool Loading and testing of the firmware or the configuration is possible by using the evaluation board NICEB described in section netiC Evaluation Boards NICEB on page 146 together with a suitable adapter 7able 8 explains which adapter fits for which device type netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Description and Requirements 28 241 3 2 System Requirements The modules of the netlC family of Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication ICs are designed as component of an electronic device or system and not for stand alone operation This device or system is denominated as host system or target environment of the netlC Communication ICs in the scope of this document For a reasonable application of these modules of the netlC family of Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DIL 32 Communication ICs the following requirements must be fulfilled At the host system 1 Mechanical connection
247. te Characteristics of DeviceNet Data Line Cable Characteristics of DeviceNet Power Supply Cable PROFIBUS Segment Length in Dependence of the Baud Rate netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public 158 159 161 162 163 163 164 165 CAN Segment Length in dependence of the Baud rate or corresponding Loop Resistance and 165 166 167 168 168 PROFIBUS DP Interface D Sub female connector 9 pole of the NICEB AIF DP Adapter 169 171 Hilscher 2008 2014 Lists Table 110 Table 111 Table 112 Table 113 Table 114 Table 115 Table 116 Table 117 Table 118 Table 119 Table 120 Table 121 Table 122 Table 123 Table 124 Table 125 Table 126 Table 127 Table 128 Table 129 Table 130 Table 131 Table 132 Table 133 Table 134 Table 135 Table 136 Table 137 Table 138 Table 139 Table 140 Table 141 Table 142 Table 143 Table 144 Table 145 Table 146 Table 147 Table 148 Table 149 Table 150 Table 151 Table 152 Table 153 Characteristics of PROFIBUS certified Cable Example Configuration for Profile FSP IO Connection Control prior to I O Data Relevant Bits of Control and Status Word in the Configuration Example Relation between SPI Modes and Parameters CPOL CPHA Definition of Telegram Elements MODBUS Exception Codes Example FC3 Example FC16 Example FC23 without CRC Example FC23
248. ted Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus communication system protocol stack The contents of this area is equal to the data area of a warmstart message without header of the chosen Real Time Ethernet protocol See the according manual for more information System Status The system status field holds information regarding netX operating system rcX The value indicates the current state the rcX is in Currently not supported and set to O System Error The system error field holds information about the general status of the netX firmware stacks An error code of zero indicates a faultless system If the system error field holds a value other than SUCCESS the Error flag in the netX System flags is set netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 73 241 INVALID EEPROM RCX SYS EEPROM TYPE 0x0000000A TYPE INVALID EEPROM RCX SYS EEPROM SIZE 0x0000000B SIZE EEPROM TEST RCX SYS EEPROM TEST 0x0000000C FAILED SECURE EEPROM RCX SYS SECURE EEPROM 0x0000000D FAILURE SECURE EEPROM RCX SYS SECURE EEPROM NOT 0x0000000E NOT INITIALIZED INIT SYSTEM TASK NOT RGX SYS NOT INITIALIZED 0x00000011 INITIALIZED MEMORY RCX SYS MEM ALLOC 0x00000012 ALLOCATION FAILED Table 42 Possible Values of System Error Error Log Indicator Not supported Error Counter This field holds the total number of errors detected since
249. tes the successful transition to the boot mode amp For more information concerning ComproX see the User Manual netlC Firmware Update net IC FirmwareUpdate usermanual en doc You can find both this manual and the ComproX utility itself on the netlC Product DVD within the tools Comprox subdirectory 14 2 3 Switches Push Buttons The NICEB REFO has 3 push buttons e RESET T1 e BOOT T2 e CONFIG T3 GPIO The function is described in Table 89 Push Buttons of Evaluation Board NICEB and their respective Functions on page 149 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 netIC Evaluation Boards NICEB and NICEB REFO 159 241 14 2 4 Status LEDs LED Name Signal Description COMO red green The signals are controlled by a port extension duo LED COM1 red green The signals are controlled by a port extension duo LED FBLED red This LED is controlled by the FBLED signal line from netlC Communication IC Signals active configuration and diagnostic mode by blinking with 0 5 Hz Table 96 LEDs of Evaluation Board NICEB REFO and their respective Signals 14 2 5 Connectors 14 2 5 1 Power Connector See section Power Connector on page 150 14 2 5 2 Diagnostic Interface Connector See section Diagnostic Interface Connector on page 150 14 2 5 3 Host Interface Connector and Hardware Interface Configuration
250. the netlC NIC 50 REFO on Evaluation Board Evaluation Board Disconnect the power line of the Evaluation Device drawing NICEB REFO Board NICEB REFO Device Photo Evaluation Carefully plug in and mount the netlC Board NICEB HEFO Communication IC device into the DIL 32 socket X1 of the Evaluation Board NICEB REFO Make sure that the mark on the netlC Communication IC device matches the mark of the DIL 32 socket X1 of the NICEB REFO evaluation board Connect the diagnostic port of the evaluation board NICEB REFO to the COM port RS232 of the PC using the diagnostic cable CAB SRV Connect the power supply to the evaluation board and switch the power supply on Then the SYS LED will permanently show green light netX Configuration Tool Run the installation program to install the Installation Instructions for Installation netX Configuration Tool netX Configuration Tool Short Description of netX Configuration Tool Installation Activate the Firmware versions 1 3 0 0 and higher Status LEDs 149 configuration mode Activation of the configuration mode is done automatically Button T3 on the Evaluation Board does not have any influence 158 Firmware versions prior to 1 3 0 0 Press the button T3 on the Evaluation Switches Push Buttons Board to activate the configuration mode The FBLED on the NICEB REFO indicates that the configuration mode is active by a regular red blinking with a frequency of 1 Hz Hint Acti
251. the LEDs for the netlC NIC 50 RE device when the firmware of the Powerlink Controlled Node Slave protocol is loaded to the device BS BE Duo LED red green aes ans Flickering Slave is in Basic Ethernet state green wi On Slave has detected an error red L A RJ45 LED green Cho amp Ch1 On Link A connection to the Ethernet exists green Flashing Activity The device sends receives Ethernet frames green te Or The device has no connection to the Ethernet RJ45 LED yellow ChO amp Ch1 n yellow BEEN Table 32 LEDs Powerlink Controlled Node Slave COM LED State Definition for Powerlink Controlled Node Slave for the BS BE LEDs Indicator Definition state The indicator is constantly on The indicator is constantly off Blinking The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of approximately 2 5 Hz on for approximately 200 ms followed by off for 200 ms Red and green LEDs shall be on alternately Flickering The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of approximately 10 Hz on for approximately 50 ms followed by off for 50 ms Red and green LEDs shall be on alternately Single Flash The indicator shows one short flash approximately 200 ms followed by a long off phase approximately 1 000 ms 1 000 ms Triple Flash The indicator shows a sequence of three short flashes each approximately 200 ms separated by a short off phase approximately 200 ms The sequence is finished by a
252. thin the MDT In the object dictionary IO Control is located at IDN S 0 1500 x 01 It is mirrored into the first two bytes of the available IO data area in the register area of the netlC see Figure 76 Data Model for Sercos Example Configuration The host application must evaluate the IO Control Bit 15 contains the Operation State Outputs Bit Here 1 means active and 0 is equivalent to inactive All other bits of the IO Control are set to 0 so the IO Control is 0x8000 when the operation state of the outputs is active i e ready for output and O if inactive With the Operation State Outputs Bit the Sercos Master controls whether the output data at the Sercos Slave are transmitted to the Sercos Master 0x8000 or not 0x0000 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Communication 175 241 15 1 3 lO Status This concerns only Slave to Master communication via AT In the FSP IO profile IO Status is a two byte parameter containing lO related information It is present only within the AT so it can be used to transmit status information to the Sercos master In the object dictionary IO Status is located at IDN S 0 1500 x 02 It is mirrored into the first two bytes of the available IO data area in the register area of the netlC see Figure 76 Data Model for Sercos Example Configuration The host
253. ting a LED Control for the NIC 50 REFO via I2C 124 Figure 31 Photo NIC 10 CCS 127 Figure 32 NIC 10 CCS Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure 127 Figure 33 Pinning of NIC 10 CCS 128 Figure 34 Plan of CC Link Interface of NIC 10 CCS 130 Figure 35 Proposal for the Design of the CC Link Interface of the NIC 10 CCS 130 Figure 36 Photo NIC 50 COS 131 Figure 37 NIC 50 COS Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure 131 Figure 38 Pinning of NIC 50 COS 132 Figure 39 Plan of CANopen Interface of NIC 50 COS 134 Figure 40 Proposal for the Design of the CANopen Interface of the NIC 50 COS 135 Figure 41 Photo NIC 50 DNS 136 Figure 42 NIC 50 DNS Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure 136 Figure 43 Pinning of NIC 50 DNS 137 Figure 44 Plan of DeviceNet Interface of NIC 50 DNS 139 Figure 45 Proposal for the Design of the DeviceNet Interface of the NIC 50 DNS 140 Figure 46 Photo NIC 50 DPS 141 Figure 47 NIC 50 DPS Block Diagram External Connections and internal Structure 141 Figure 48 Pinning NIC 50 DPS 142 Figure 49 Plan of PROFIBUS DP Interface of NIC 50 DPS 144 Figure 50 Proposal for the Design of the PROFIBUS DP Interface of the NIC 50 DPS 145 Figure 51 Device Drawing NICEB 146 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Lists Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 5
254. tion Packet 3 Now evaluate the flag RX MBX FULL within the system flags Bit 4 of register 999 If the flag has been set to TRUE a data packet has arrived at the input mailbox and needs to be fetched from there see Table 53 System Flags on page 86 of this document Note This step needs to be performed only once for initialization Take care of the detailed explanations at step 2 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 95 241 4 n order to read out the acyclic data from the input mailbox call MODBUS function code FC 3 if the condition RX MBX FULL TRUE is met The parameters of FC 3 are these MODBUS FC 3 Value Example Device Address Modbus Device Address The device address with which the NIC50 RE has been configured via either the netX Configuration Tool or MODBUS RTU Function Code Read write multiple 3 registers Data Address Read Offset of first register to 2994 be read Data Count Read Number of registers to 118 be read Table 57 Modbus function code 3 for reading out acyclic input data The values of the example relate to reading of 118 registers beginning with register 2994 Again if you want to read a number of registers exceeding the upper limit of the allowed number of registers you have to divide the read access into partial read accesses In order to do so
255. tlC Communication IC is mounted correctly in the DIL 32 socket Configuration Check the configuration in the master and the slave device The configuration has to match Diagnostic using the netX Configuration Tool Slave With the menu netX Configuration Tool Diagnostics the diagnosis information of the DIL 32 Communication IC is shown The shown diagnostic information depends on the used protocol Note More information about the device diagnosis and its functions you find in the operating manual of the corresponding Real Time Ethernet system Therefore refer to section Available Documentation page 13 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Updating the Firmware of the netlC DIL 32 Communication IC 66 241 11 Updating the Firmware of the _ netiC DIL 32 Communication IC On the netlC by default a boot loader is installed which starts a loaded firmware file from the file system If the boot loader is active the SYS LED on the netlC module is blinking alternating between green and yellow If the firmware is running the SYS LED is solid green 11 1 Update by netX Configuration Tool The netX Configuration Tool check before transferring the parameter if a suitable firmware is present in the netlC Communication IC If this is not the case the netX Configuration Tool downloads a suitable firmware from i
256. tputs 2001 Bit 15 Outputs set to substitute values or freeze ready to Outputs successfully activated and bit 15 in operate bit IO Control has been set Table 112 Relevant Bits of Control and Status Word in the Configuration Example The values for the bits used within the example are marked in column Value of Table 112 Relevant Bits of Control and Status Word in the Configuration Example netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Communication 178 241 All other bits of control and status words not mentioned within Table 112 are treated as not set 0 within the scope of this example This leads to the following values For Master to Slave communication MDT Connection Control 0x0001 or 0x0003 IO Control 0x8000 For Slave to Master communication AT Connection Control 0x0001 or 0x0003 lO Status 0xC000 Within the example a fixed Sercos configuration is assumed according to SCP FixCFG The part of the associated data model displayed in Figure 77 shows the location of Connection Control IO Control IO Status and input output data including the proposed values for Connection Control IO Control und IO Status Master to Slave Communication T 1002 Slave to Master Address Communication Value
257. ts firmware pool into the netlC Communication IC device The firmware files are located in the installation directory of the netX Configuration Tool Standard C Program files Hilscher GmbH netX Configuration Tool V1 0700 inthe folder Firmware This method is the standard way 11 2 Update by WebServer Alternatively you can update the firmware of the netlC Communication IC using the integrated WebServer However this method is only suitable if there is no change of the chosen Fieldbus or Real Time Ethernet communication system gs n order to do so proceed as described in the document Functions of the Integrated WebServer in netlC DIL 32 Communication IC Devices provided on the DVD delivered along with your netC Communication IC Functions of the Integrated WebServer in netIC DIL 32 Communication IC AN 01 doc See section Displaying and Updating Firmware in this document 11 3 Update with ComproX Utility If no firmware is present or a firmware download has been interrupted for instance due to power fail during the firmware download the update must be done manually via the boot loader Therefore the Boot loader has to be activated on the netlC with the ComproX Utility For more information see the User Manual netlC Firmware Update netIC FirmwareUpdate usermanual en doc You can find this manual and the ComproxX utility itself on the netlC DVD within the tools Comprox subdirectory netlC
258. uction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 See Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 See Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 See Operating Instruction Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 35 241 Description For detailed information Page see section Downloading and save the Firmware and the Configuration Click to Apply The firmware and the configuration are downloaded to the device The configuration is saved to the device This may last some seconds Signaling of the COM LED will change after successful configuration details depend from the communication system A suitable master for Real Time Ethernet communication with electrical interface is necessary gt Configure this master device Only for Real Time Ethernet NIC 50 RE Configure the Real Time Ethernet and connect it to the NICEB gt Connect this master device to the Ethernet port of the NICEB using an Ethernet cable RJ45 11 Only for Field bus A suitable master for Fieldbus communication is NIC 10 CCS necessary NIC 50 COS gt Configure this master device NIC 50 DNS gt Connect with a suitable Fieldbus cable this NIC 50 DPS master device with the Field bus port of the Configure the Field Bus NICEB using the correct NICEB AIF Master and connect it to adapter for the Fieldbus and a suitable the NICEB cable accordin
259. uent table Register Description Type Value Example 2994 2995 Receive Packet Unsigned integer 0x00001F36 Command 32 bit 2996 2997 Receive Packet Error Unsigned integer X Code 32 bit 2998 Receive Packet Size Unsigned integer 16 bit 2999 Receive Packet Identifier Unsigned integer Packet ID 16 bit 3000 3001 Record handle Unsigned integer 32 bit 3002 3003 Device handle Unsigned integer 32 bit 3004 3005 Sequence number Unsigned integer 32 bit 3006 3007 API to be read Unsigned integer 32 bit 3008 3009 Slot to be read Unsigned integer 32 bit Continued on next page netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 99 241 3010 3011 Subslot to be read Unsigned integer 32 bit 3012 3013 Index to be read Unsigned integer 32 bit 3014 3015 Read record data length Unsigned integer 32 bit Table 61 Register Set containing Data from Register Application Packet 6 Send Read Response Packet Sending the read response packet as necessary response to the read indication packet is accomplished as follows In order to check whether the Modbus RTU Master may currently write a packet into the Send Mailbox evaluate the current value of system flag TX MBX FULL Register 999 Bit 5 This needs to be 0 if sending of packets is currently available If this is the cas
260. ultiple registers with FC16 Write 2 registers beginning with address O which is not allowed because register 0 99 are only readable Se Direction Datastream meser Sive Status EE 1 Table 120 Example FC16 with Exception netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Decommissioning Deinstallation Replacement and Disposal 191 241 17 Decommissioning Deinstallation Replacement and Disposal A This section explains what you must take into account when putting the netlC Communication ICs out of operation Note In order to avoid personal and material damage do not remove this device from a production line without having ensured a secure operation of the production line during and after the removal of the device 17 1 Deinstallation and Replacement NOTICE A WARNING This section explains what you must take into account when physically removing or replacing the netlC Communication ICs For the deinstallation of the netlC Communication IC from the device into which the netlC Communication IC had been integrated also called host system or target environment proceed as follows 1 Preparation In order to avoid damage or destruction adhere to the necessary safety precautions for components that are vulnerable by electrostatic discharge Electrostatically
261. umentation 1 3 1 Directory Structure of the DVD All manuals on this DVD are delivered in the Adobe Acrobat Reader format PDF Additional tools Table 5 Directory Structure of the DVD 1 3 1 1 Device Description Files The DVD ROM includes the device description files for the following slave devices PROFINET IO RT Device V3 GSDML V2 3 HILSCHER NIC 50 RE PNS NIC 50 RE 20140122 xml PROFINET IO RT Device V3 NIC 50 REFO Sercos Slave V3 Hilscher NIC50 RE S3S FixCFG FSPIO Default xml CC Link Slave nicl0 ccs 1 csp Doe 0ecHS A SD HOLOS Ces upSD Irol0 eoss Jp peso d esp Table 6 Device Description Files The device description file is required to configure the used Real Time Ethernet or Fieldbus Master device The Real time Ethernet systems Open Modbus TCP and VARAN do not use any device description files netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Introduction 13 241 1 3 2 Available Documentation The following overview on available documentation provides information for which items you can find further information in which manual netIC_usermanual_designguide_en pdf English version netIC_Benutzerhandbuch_Designguide_de doc German version User Manual and Installation Commissioning Design Guide netlC Operation and Hardware Description DIL 32 Communication ICs for Rea
262. unication by the master its data output line is in a state of high impedance in order to decouple it from the data bus This allows to prevent sending of data from multiple slaves to the master at the same time which might cause disturbances Various clock frequencies up to the MHz area are supported Upper limit at the netlC 1 MHz There are three common lines connecting all bus participants o MOSI Master Out Slave In respectively SDI Serial Data In corresponds to netlC Pin 29 SPI MOSI o MISO Master In Slave Out respectively SDO Serial Data Out corresponds to netlC Pin 30 SPI MISO and can be used in order to read back the data or for cascading by connecting to the input of the next circuit o SCK Serial Clock a clock signal for synchronization of data communication corresponds to netlC Pin 31 SPI CLK The signals MOSI and MISO can also be multiplexed or one of these may be absent at all For every bus participant there is a Chip Select signal CS which is also sometimes denominated as 7 SS Slave Select or STE Slave Transmit Enable This line is connected to netlC Pin 26 SPI CS It is logically O active active low If it is connected to ground low level the following happens The slave becomes active The MOSI signal is being supervised Data are put to MISO according to the clock Per clock cycle of the SCK signal in each direction Master gt Slave MOSI and Slave gt Master MISO exactl
263. us DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 72 241 The following rules apply e Unused areas are initialized with O e You can access each of these registers externally using a Master via the serial Modbus RTU protocol or via SPI e The registers in the address ranges from O to 2993 and from 5000 and 7999 can also be accessed via the Web Server e The registers with addresses greater or equal to 5000 are only available when using firmware V1 5 x x or higher Subsequently these registers are discussed in more detail System Information The System Information Block is described in detail in the section 12 3 1 System Information Block of this document see page 76 System Configuration The System Configuration Block is described in detail in the section 12 3 2 5ystem Configuration Block of this document see page 81 Network Status The Network Status field holds the Extended Status Block defined according to the selected Real Time Ethernet communication system protocol stack See section 3 3 2 Extended Status of the according manual for more information Network Configuration Data Length This register contains the length i e the number of bytes of the Network configuration stored in the Network Configuration Data field Network Configuration Data The Network Configuration field holds information defined according to the selec
264. us specific adapter In detail these are Two RJ45 ports with integrated magnetic and LINK ACTIVITY LED e RS232 diagnostic interface with DSUB 9 pin connector for loading the firmware and configuration RS232 RS422 or RS485 Host Interface configurable by jumpers with DSUB 9 pin connector e 16 synchronous serial inputs with DIP switch 16 synchronous serial inputs at post square connectors 16 synchronous serial outputs with LEDs 16 synchronous serial outputs at post square connectors Furthermore the NICEB provides LED for signal FBLED and Duo Color LED for signals STA and ERR E Push buttons for Reset Boot Configuration e 24 V power supply Note The Evaluation Board NICEB is not compatible with the NIC 50 REFO 14 1 1 Device Drawing Evaluation Board NICEB Digitale Eingangs Schiebeschalter yellow user defined Digital Input Sliding Switches ON LL LL FD green iH Immer gesetzt seln X4 Digitale Ausgangs LEDs gelb festgelegt durch Bediener Digital Output LEDs OW Steckbr cken m ssen f r Ethernet Betrleb E P 1 mt niit mnt Es Ethernet RJ45 Socket X50 Jumpers must always be set for Ethernet LUN Mn Channel 1 CH 1 qt AO Operatlon X4 Anschluss f r zus tzliche digitale Eingange und Ausgange X5 Connector for additional digital Inputs and Outputs X5 Ethernet RJ45 Buchse X50 Kanal 1 CH 1 Ethernet RJ45 Socket X50 Ch
265. usage of the SPI interface has been configured e the firmware has already configured the SPI mode The SPI Mode is supported by firmware version 1 3 12 x and higher Behavior of firmware beginning from version 1 3 12 x These firmware versions support the SPI mode and use pin 26 as SPI Chip Select Signal SPI CS if the netlC is configured to SPI Mode Pin 26 cannot be used any more for switching on and off configuration mode via push button T3 At the NICEB NICEB REFO Evaluation Boards with firmware version up to 1 3 11 x the GPIO SPI CS signal has been used for switching on and off configuration mode via push button T3 These firmware versions do not support the SPI Mode Note This means the reset button T3 is not serviced anymore in firmware version 1 3 12 x and therefore cannot be used for switching between configuration mode and standard mode The configuration mode is automatically activated and deactivated after 10 seconds Rest level consideration for firmware with support for push button T3 as configuration mode switch prior to version 1 3 12 x Note If pin 26 GPIO SPI CS is not used it needs to be combined with a pull up resistor dimensioned with 4 7 kO in your design It may not be left open as this might cause problems with firmware versions older than version 1 3 12 x during start up netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Releas
266. ut heat sink Ambient temperature 40 85 C range for storage 0 Humidity range 85 relative humidity non condensing SPI zi Ee Cc r Table 130 Technical Data NIC 50 COS Part 1 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 201 241 NIC 50 COS Parameter Value Device Dimensions L x W x H 42 x 21 x 14 2 mm without pins 42 x 21 x 17 4 mm including pins Length of pins ProtectonGlss Emission Emission EN55011 Class A Immunity Radiated emissions in the range 30 1000MHz measured at enclosure and lines CISPR 11 Class A Immunity according to IEC EN 61000 4 1995 see below for more details Configuration by software tool standard netX Configuration Tool via Modbus RTU by writing into Modbus RTU registers Table 131 Technical Data NIC 50 COS Part 2 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency Electrostatic discharge 8 kV Air discharge method ESD according to l Fast transient 2 kV Communication and Criterion A interferences Burst data lines according to IEC EN 61000 4 4 1995 Surge voltage according 1 kV Communication and Criterion A to IEC EN 61000 4 5 1995 data lines Radiated RF according to 80 2000MHz 10V m 80 Criterion A IEC EN 61000 4 3 1995 AM 1kHz Conducted RF according 0 15 80MHz 3
267. vate the configuration mode first and then start the netX Configuration Tool Also be aware that Modbus RTU communication is inhibited in configuration mode Starting the netX Select Start Programs Hilscher See Operating Instruction Configuration Tool GmbH gt netX Configuration Tool Manual netX Configuration Tool for netlC 50 Selecting the Language Select in the Select Language Icon Bar the language icon for the desired language of the graphical user interface For more see next page netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Getting Started 38 241 Description For detailed information Page see section Selecting PROFINET IO gt Select in the Select Network Icon Bar the See Operating Instruction Device as the Firmware firmware button for PROFINET IO Device Manual netX Configuration Protocol If all firmware symbols are grayed out Tool for netlC 50 Make sure once more the device is operational Check if the diagnostic cable is connected correctly see step 1 and the configuration mode see step 3 is activated Right click to the navigation area Select the context menu Reload to reestablish a connection to the device Setting the Parameters Click in the navigation area to the See Operating Instruction Configuration push button Manual netX Configuration Set the configuration pa
268. vice driver is required The driver is installed during the installation of the netX Configuration Tool netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Description and Requirements 30 241 For communication 6 For communication using the chosen protocol a master device for the corresponding communication system needs to connected to e an Ethernet port of the evaluation board NICEB when using the NIC 50 RE NIC50 REFO DIL 32 Communication IC e the correct Fieldbus adapter when using one the NIC 50 COS DNS DPS and NIC 10 CCS DIL 32 Communication ICs For Modbus RTU communication the evaluation board must be set correctly for the chosen type of serial connection RS232 RS422 or RS485 by setting jumpers accordingly For detailed information on how to set the jumpers of the evaluation board correctly see section Host Interface Connector and Hardware Interface Configuration on page 150 3 4 1 System Requirements for netX Configuration Tool The system requirements necessary for the application of the netX Configuration Tool are these PC with 586 Pentium processor or higher The PC must provide a COM port RS232 interface Operating system Windows XP SP3 Windows Vista 32 bit SP2 Windows 7 32 bit or Windows 7 64 bit Windows 8 32 Bit or Windows 8 64 Bit Administrator privilege required for in
269. vision 1 or higher 1 ms for RTC1 RTC 2 and RTC3 100 MBit s Ethernet Il IEEE 802 3 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO80601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Technical Data 212 241 Limitations The netlC gateway is designed for cyclic data exchange Acyclic communication for user data transfer can only be used if the host application program supports this which means programming effort for the host application program Then services Read Write Record max 1024 bytes per telegram or Alarms Process Alarm Diagnostic Alarm can be used RT over UDP not supported Multicast communication not supported Only one device instance is supported DHCP is not supported RT Class 2 synchronized flex is not supported FastStartUp is implemented in the stack However some additional hardware limitations apply to use it Media Redundancy except MRP client is not supported Access to the submodule granular status bytes IOPS amp IOCS is currently not supported if the application accesses the stack using the dual port memory interface The amount of configured O data influences the minimum cycle time that can be reached Supervisor AR is not supported Supervisor DA AR is supported Only 1 Input CR and 1 Output CR are supported Multiple WriteRequests are not supported Using little endian LSB MSB byte order for cyclic process data instead
270. voltage at the evaluation board must not exceed 30 V otherwise the device and or the evaluation board may be destroyed 2 6 2 Electrostatic Discharge Adhere to the necessary safety precautions for components that are vulnerable with electrostatic discharge The netlC Communication IC is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause intern al damage and affect normal operation Always follow these guidelines when you handle this netlC Communication IC e Touch a grounded object to discharge static potential e Wear a grounding ribbon e Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards e Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment e When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging Reference 3 netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Safety 23 241 2 6 3 Device Damage by Erasing the Firmware or the Files security cfg and ftpuser cfg within the File System of the netlC Device For those netlC devices which can be administered by the FTP Server or Web Server NIC 50 RE NIC 50 REFO the following additional warnings apply Device Destruction The device will be left in an unusable state if the firmware is erased and subsequently the device is switched off or restarted before supplying the device with another suitable firmware NOTICE Device Destruction
271. w ChO amp Ch1 n yellow OOO P Table 35 LEDs Sercos Slave LED State Definition for Sercos Slave for the S3 LED Indicator state Definition n The indicator is constantly on Off The indicator is constantly off Flashing 4 Hz The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 4 Hz on for appr 125 ms followed by off for appr 125 ms Table 36 LED State Definition for Sercos Slave for the S3 LED netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 LED 63 241 9 3 8 LED VARAN Client Slave The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the netlC NIC 50 RE device when the firmware of the VARAN Client protocol is loaded into the device RUN ERR Duo LED red green Name in 3 Off Not configured the device Ge 9 5 3 oa Blinking Configured and communication is inactive M Configured and communication is active Blinking Not configured d fied Communication error occurred LINK LED green RJ45 ChO amp Ch1 ACT LED yellow iit Ch1 Flashing The device sends receives Ethernet frames Table 37 LEDs VARAN Client LED State Definition for VARAN Client for the RUN ERR LED The indicator is constantly on The indicator is constantly off Blinking The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 5 Hz on for 100 ms followed by off for 100 ms Table 38 LED State
272. w Byte Production Calendar Week Range 01 to 52 Production Year Range 00 to 255 Example If usProductionDate is equal to 0x062B it indicates a production year of 2006 and a production week of 43 Firmware Version The firmware version of the currently loaded firmware Firmware Date The firmware date of the currently loaded firmware Firmware Name The firmware name of the currently loaded firmware Note The first byte in the firmware name represents the length of the firmware name then the characters follow The following values are defined for the various device firmware combinations Returned Device Firmware Returned Value of Firmware Name Value of ee samm caper aa a DE 0 Mcs amp EOMS Msi Table 45 Returned Value of Firmware Name depending on the loaded Firmware netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Data Model 79 241 Communication Class This array element holds further information regarding the protocol stack It is intended to help identifying the communication class of the protocol PRODUCER consumer swn MONITOR RCX COMM CLASS MONITOR Ox000D ANALYZER Table 46 Possible Values of Communication Class Other values are reserved netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 20
273. y 1 bit is transferred Due to the separate input and output data lines SPI is capable of full duplex data transmission The internal logic of an SPI circuit usually contains at least one shift register for the transformation of serial data to parallel data in order to netlC DIL 32 Communication IC for Real Time Ethernet and Fieldbus DOCO080601UM25EN Revision 25 English 2014 05 Released Public Hilscher 2008 2014 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI for netlC 182 241 prepare these for further processing Such a shift register is contained within the netlC for instance However the implementation of the internal logic may also be a lot more complex The length of this shift register is not defined often values of 8 bits or multiples of 8 bits are chosen but this is not required 16 1 1 SPI Modes SPI allows to identify 4 separate modes of operation denominated as SPI Mode 0 up to SPI Mode 3 as due to the lack of specification there is no precise definition whether taking over the data is performed at leading edge or falling edge These depend on the polarity and phase parameters CPOL and CPHA which are supported by all Motorola microcontrollers and many other SPI circuits These have the following meanings e he polarity parameter CPOL Clock Polarity defines whether the edge is leading or falling e 0 Clock Idle Low The clock signal is not inverted The clock is normally LOW a change to HIGH will be inter

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

索引ページ - 神保電器  Anaren Integrated Radio (AIR)  User Manual - Lightspeed Technologies, Inc.  PDF版：828KB  Fellowes Powershred C-120C  Vade mecum intemporel - Faculté des Arts  Adaptation de TOUGH2 au transport du CO2 supercritique  EnjoyTone Robust W83 Manuel d`utilisation Français  DTM Distributed Transmitter-Monitor CFG User Manual  エコライフのはじめかた（PDF2.1MB）  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file